Hilti Light Steel Framing Manual

Light Steel Framing Manual
Fastener Technical Guide
2008 Edition
Introduction Applications Additional Technical Resources Self-Drilling Screws

Self-Drilling Screw Selection Guide Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws
1 2 3 4
4 7 15
Power-Driven Fasteners
Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications General Construction Fastener Design & Selection General Application Fasteners X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners Drywall Track Fastening Systems Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel X-BT Fastening Systems
18
18 20 31 37 40 45 49 52 55
Masonry Screws
KWIK-CON II+ Light Duty Masonry Screws
60
60
Anchoring Systems
Anchor Principles and Design Mechanical Anchoring Systems Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor HUS-H Screw Anchor Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor HSL-3 Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor Adhesive Anchoring Systems HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE HIT HY 150 MAX
66
66 70 70 95 101 113 120 122 1 27
Corrosion Terms & Conditions
153 154
i Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Light Steel Framing Manual 2008
Introduction About Published Load Values

Technical data presented herein was current as of the date of publication. Load values are based on testing and analytical calculations by Hilti or by contracted testing laboratories using testing procedures and construction materials representative of current practice in North America. Load values obtained from testing represent the average results of multiple identical samples. Variations in base materials such as concrete and local site conditions require on-site testing to determine actual performance at any specific site. Data may also be based on national standards or professional research and analysis. Note that design values published in reports issued by approval agencies (e.g., ICC-ES, COLA, etc.) may differ from those contained in this Guide. For information regarding updates and changes, please contact Hilti,Inc. (US) Technical Support at 1-800-879-8000 or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458. We create success for our customers by identifying their needs and providing innovative and value-adding solutions. Build a better future We embrace our responsibility towards society and environment.
Our Quality System

Hilti is one of a select group of North American companies to receive the ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 Certifications. This recognition of our commitment to quality ensures our customers that Hilti has the systems and procedures in place to maintain our position as the world market leader, and to continually evaluate and improve our performance. Thats Total Customer Satisfaction! For Technical Support, contact Hilti,Inc. (US) at 1-800-8798000 or Hilti (Canada) Corporation at 1-800-363-4458.
Units
Technical data is provided in both fractional (Imperial) and metric units. Metric values are provided using the International System of units (SI) in observance the Metric Conversion Act of 1975 as amended by the Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988. Data for fractional products (e.g. the Kwik Bolt 3) is provided in Imperial engineering units with the SI metric conversions shown in parentheses.
Our Purpose
We passionately create enthusiastic customers and build a better future!
Enthusiastic Customers
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Light Steel Framing Manual 2008 1
Applications
Steel Stud Track Connection to Concrete
Steel Stud Track Connection to Steel
Curtain Wall to Edge Angle
Shear Wall Fastening
Deflection Track to Metal Decking
Sill Plate to Foundation
Accessory Screw Connections
Insulation Fastening
2 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Light Steel Framing Manual 2008
Additional Technical Resources
P R O F I S
PROFIS: The Worlds Most Powerful Anchor Design Software

Easy to Learn Start working in just minutes Fast and Powerful Produce detailed designs quickly Specify with Confidence The largest number of approvals and latest design codes No charge. Download now at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca
Firestop Systems
When it comes to Life Safety and building code compliance, Hilti provides complete solutions with a wide range of products and unmatched technical support. Firestop Systems Guides - Through Penetrations - Joint Penetrations FACT Program FS 411 BASIC Training Engineering Judgements Firestop Design Center online at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca
Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design

The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design Program allows designers to quickly and accurately design roof deck and composite floor deck diaphragms. Ability to design with innovative Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap connection Creates easy to use load tables with span ranges based on user input Allows for different safety factors depending on load type, building code and field quality control Direct link to Hilti website
Hilti Online
Technical Library Design Centers Interactive Product Advisors Full-line Product Catalog Online Ordering Maps to Hilti locations Contact Us program to answer your questions
MI Industrial Pipe Support Technical Guide

A guide to specifying the Hilti modular pipe support system for medium to heavy loads without welding. MI System is the ideal solution for pipes up to 24 in. diameter Reliable fastenings without welds Easily installed
Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection Drill Point Selection

Top Material to be Drilled Bottom Material to be Drilled
Total Thickness to be Drilled
Top Material to be Drilled Void or Insulation Bottom Material to be Drilled Hole Diameter Larger than Screw Threads Top Material Void or Insulation Bottom Material to be Drilled
Drill Flute
The length of the drill flute determines the metal thickness that Drill can be drilled. The Flute flute itself provides a channel for chip removal during drilling action. If it becomes completely embedded in material, drill chips will be trapped in the flute and cutting action will cease. This will cause the point to burn up or break.
Point Length
The unthreaded section from the point Point Length to the first thread should be long enough to assure the drilling action is complete before the first thread engages the drilled metal. Screw threads advance at a rate of up to ten times faster than the drill flute can remove metal. All drilling therefore should be complete before threads begin to form. Winged Reamer
Drilling Through Wood to Metal

If your application calls for drilling through wood over 1/2" thick, a clearance hole is required. Select a fastener with breakaway wings for this type of job. The wings will ream a clearance hole and break-off when they contact metal surface (minimum metal thickness 0.06") to be drilled.
Drilling Capacity Material Thickness Recommendations (Steel to Steel) #2 Point 0.500 Thickness of material to be drilled (in.) 0.400 0.300 0.200 0.140 0.100 0.035 #6, #8 #10 #8 #10 #12 1/4" #12 1/4" #12 0.100 0.110 0.100 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.210 0.175 0.175 0.175 0.220 0.250 0.250 0.250 #3 Point #4 Point #5 Point 0.500
Screw Diameter
Note: Meets or exceeds ASTM C 1513. Shaded areas represent total thickness of all steel including any void spaces between layers.
Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection Thread Selection

Metal Gauge
Sheet Aluminum Metal (Approx. Thickness in decimal parts of an inch)
Fraction to Decimal Fraction (in.) 1/64 1/32 3/64 1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64 7/32 15/64 1/4 Decimal Equivalent (in.) 0.015 0.031 0.046 0.062 0.078 0.093 0.109 0.125 0.140 0.156 0.171 0.187 0.203 0.218 0.234 0.250
Gauge
000000 00000 0000 000 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38
0.5800 0.5165 0.4600 0.4096 0.3648 0.3249 0.2893 0.2576 0.2294 0.2043 0.1819 0.1620 0.1443 0.1285 0.1144 0.1019 0.0907 0.0808 0.0720 0.0641 0.0571 0.0508 0.0493 0.0403 0.0359 0.0320 0.0285 0.0253 0.0226 0.0201 0.0179 0.0159 0.0142 0.0126 0.0113 0.0100 0.0089 0.0080 0.0071 0.0063 0.0056 0.0050 0.0045 0.0040
0.4062 0.3750 0.3437 0.3125 0.2812 0.2656 0.2391 0.2242 0.2092 0.1943 0.1793 0.1644 0.1495 0.1345 0.1196 0.1046 0.0897 0.0747 0.0673 0.0598 0.0538 0.0474 0.0418 0.0358 0.0329 0.0295 0.0269 0.0239 0.0209 0.0179 0.0164 0.0149 0.0135 0.0120 0.0105 0.0097 0.0090 0.0082 0.0075 0.0067 0.0064 0.0060
Thread Length Always choose a fastener with sufficient threads to fully engage in the base metal. For attachments to 1/4" base steel, a self-drilling screw should have at least 1/4" of threads. It is helpful, but not critical, that the threads also engage in the material being fastened. The head of the fastener provides the bearing force for the material being fastened, while the threads provide the clamping force in the base material. Clamping Material Being Fastened Base Material Threading
Screw Wire Gauge Gauge #6 #7 #8 #10 #12 1/4 5/16 Decimal Equivalent (in.) 0.1380 0.1510 0.1640 0.1900 0.2160 0.2500 0.3125
Thread Pitch The thickness of material being fastened and diameter of the screw determine the type of thread pitch to be used. In general, the thinner the fastened materials, the fewer the number of threads. The thicker the material, the greater the number of threads. This principle is due to two primary methods of thread engagement/holding power: Clamping and Threading. In light gauge metal, the materials are actually being clamped together by the upper and lower threads. Clamping
Thinner base material requires a coarser thread pitch to assure proper clamping. The thicker the material, the finer the threads must be. In very thick metal (3/8" to 1/2" thick), a fine thread is advisable. This will allow the thread to tap into the base material with less installation torque than a coarse thread.
Thread Engagement
Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection Head Style Selection
HWH (HHWH) (High) Hex Washer Head : Washer face provides a bearing surface for the driving sockets.
PPH (PPFH) Phillips Pan (Framing) Head: Conventional head for general applications and provides low profile fastening.
PFH Phillips Flat Head: Used primarily in wood to countersink and seat flush without splintering the wood.
PWH Phillips Wafer Head: Large head provides the bearing surface necessary to seat flush in soft materials.
PBH Phillips Bugle Head: Used primarily for fastening drywall, plywood or insulation board to steel studs up to 14 GA thick.
PTH (MPTH) (Modified) Phillips Truss Head: Large head and low profile provides surface area needed to attach wire lath to metal stud.
PPCH Phillips Pancake Conventional Head: head for general applications and provides low and flat profile.
PFTH Phillips Flat Truss Head: Lowest profile head available for attaching metal to metal.
PFHUC Pancake Framing Head Undercut: Used for countersinking where a full head taper would cause stand-off of the screw.
SHWH Slotted Hex Washer Head: Hex washer head with slot in center to provide additional drive connection.
Sealing Criteria
The Kwik-Seal sealing screws offer weatherproof fastenings where moisture or condensation is a factor. The integrated washer/head design seals the hole to prevent moisture from dripping into the fastener threads, reducing corrosive build-up. As added protection against corrosion, all Kwik-Seal sealing screws come standard with Kwik-Cote coating. The torque control and adjustment of the electric screwdrivers help ensure that the optimal seal is applied.
Length Selection
Length of the screw (L) Depending on the screwhead, there are two different ways to measure the overall length of a screw. For HWH/HHWH and PPH screws, the overall length is measured from the bottom of the washer under the head to the point of the screw. For PWH, PFH and PBH screws, the overall length is measured from the top of the head to the point of the screw.
MT MF
If you underdrive, the compression ring design results in a low torque seal. If you overdrive, the compression ring, outer skirt, and rugged washer prevents spinout and the one-piece head design completely eliminates the possibility of washer inversion. If you angle-drive, the design of the fastener head, outer skirt, and compression ring, along with the special washer, still helps provide a positive seal.
L
Maximum Total Thickness (MT) The maximum total thickness (MT) for all screws is the length of the threads reduced by the first three threads (protruding past the back-side of the base material). See drawings below. The maximum total thickness (MT) describes the maximum thickness of all attachments to be fastened plus the base material.
MT MF
L
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws Product Description

The Hilti Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws are designed to drill their own hole in steel base materials up to 1/2" thick. These screws are available in a variety of head styles, thread lengths and drillflute lengths for screw diameters #6 through 1/4". Hilti Kwik-Pro self-drilling screws meet ASTM C 1513, ASTM C 954 and SAE J78 standards. Product Features Hex head for metal-to-metal applications Flush head for wood-to-metal applications For metal from 0.035" to 0.500" thick Winged reamers for wood over 1/2" thick Stitch screws for light gauge metal-to-metal Sealing screws for water resistant fastenings
7 7 7 10 11 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
Material Specifications
Material Heat Treatment ASTM A 510 Grade 1018-1022 Case hardened and tempered Sizes 8, 10 and 12: 0.004" to 0.009" case depth Size 1/4": 0.005" to 0.011" case depth Wood decking screws: Black Phosphate (8-18 x 1 5/16" PFH #3 and 8-18 x 1 15/16" and 5/16" PFH #3) Kwik-Cote and Kwik-Seal screws: 0.0007" to 0.0015" Kwik-Cote Treatment Note: Due to environmental considerations, Hilti does not plate with cadmium. Most Hilti zinc plated screws conform to ASTM F 1941 (which replaces ASTM B 633), as tested in accordance with ASTM B 117. The minimum zinc thickness is 5 microns. Kwik-Cote is a unique copolymer coating that provides greater corrosion resistance than zinc or cadmium plating.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2196 (HWH screws only) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25678 (HWH screws only) FM (Factory Mutual) S-MD 12-14 x 1 stitch and S-MD 10-16 x 7/8 pilot point fasteners for securing Class 1 Steel Roof Deck sidelaps with 1-60 and 1-90 wind uplift ratings. Listed for higher wind uplift ratings with FM Approved Lightweight Insulating Concrete Roof Deck Assemblies. Refer to FM RoofNav for specific assembly listings.
Plating
Kwik-Cote Treatment
Technical Data
Ultimate Tensile Strengths Pullout (Tension), lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Screw Designation #6 #7 #8 #10 #12 1/4 in. Nominal Diameter in. 0.138 0.151 0.164 0.190 0.216 0.250 Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, GA (in.) 20 (0.036) 190 (0.85) 210 (0.93) 225 (1.00) 260 (1.16) 295 (1.31) 345 (1.53) 18 (0.048) 250 (1.11) 275 (1.22) 300 (1.33) 350 (1.56) 395 (1.76) 460 (2.05) 16 (0.060) 320 (1.42) 345 (1.53) 375 (1.67) 435 (1.93) 495 (2.20) 575 (2.56) 14 (0.075) 395 (1.76) 435 (1.93) 470 (2.09) 545 (2.42) 620 (2.76) 715 (3.18) 12 (0.090) 475 (2.11) 520 (2.31) 565 (2.51) 655 (2.91) 745 (3.31) 860 (3.83) 10 (0.105) 555 (2.47) 605 (2.69) 660 (2.94) 765 (3.40) 870 (3.87) 1000 (4.45) 8 (0.135) 715 (3.18) 780 (3.47) 845 (3.76) 980 (4.36) 1120 (4.98) 1290 (5.74)
1 The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design. 2 Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4 ANSI/ASME standard screw diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables. 5 The screw diameters in the table above are available in head styles of pan, hex washer head, pancake, flat, wafer and bugle. 6 The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44. 7 Refer to ordering information to ensure drilling capacities.
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Ultimate Tensile Strengths Pullover (Tension) lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Washer or Screw Designation Head Diameter in. Thickness of member in contact with the screw head, ga (in.) 22 (0.030) 675 (3.00) 805 (3.58) 835 (3.71) 835 (3.71) 1010 (4.49) 615 (2.74) 630 (2.80) 740 (3.29) 875 (3.89) 830 (3.69) 740 (3.29) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2100 (9.34) 2100 (9.34) 2530 (11.25) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1840 (8.18) 12 (0.090) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2325 (10.34) 2520 (11.21) 3040 (13.52) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2170 (9.65) 10 (0.105) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2325 (10.34) 2940 (13.08) 3540 (13.75) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2170 (9.65) 8 (0.135) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2325 (10.34) 3780 (16.81) 4560 (20.28) 1000 (4.45) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 1000 (4.45) 1370 (6.09) 2170 (9.65)
Hex Washer Head (HWH) #8 #10 #12-14 #12-24 1/4 in. 0.335 0.399 0.415 0.415 0.500 815 1000 1000 (3.63) (4.45) (4.45) 970 1290 1370 (4.31) (5.74) (6.09) 1010 1340 1680 (4.49) (5.96) (7.47) 1010 1340 1680 (4.49) (5.96) (7.47) 1220 1620 2030 (5.43) (7.21) (9.03) Phillips Pan Head (PPH) 735 980 1000 (3.27) (4.36) (4.45) 755 1000 1000 (3.36) (4.45) (4.45) 885 1180 1370 (3.94) (5.25) (6.09) Phillips Truss Head (PTH) 1000 1000 1000 (4.45) (4.45) (4.45) Phillips Pancake Head (PPCH) 995 1325 1370 (4.43) (5.89) (6.09) Phillips Flat Truss Head (PFTH) 885 1180 1475 (3.94) (5.25) (6.56)
#7 #8 #10
0.303 0.311 0.364
#8
0.433
#10
0.409
#10
0.364
1. The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design. 2. Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 3. The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4. ANSI/ASME standard screw head diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables. 5. Phillips Bugle Head (PBH) and Phillips Wafer Head (PWH) styles are not covered by this table because they are not used for attachment of steel to steel. 6. The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44. 7. Refer to ordering information for drilling capacities.
Nominal Fastener Strength of Screw

Screw Designation #6-20 #7-18 #8-18 #10-16 #10-12 #12-14 #12-24 1/4 in. Nominal Diameter (in.) 0.138 0.151 0.164 0.190 0.190 0.216 0.216 0.250 Nominal Fastener Strength Tension, Pts Shear, Pss lb (kN)1 lb (kN)2,3,4 1000 (4.45) 890 (3.96) 1000 (4.45) 890 (3.96) 1000 (4.45) 1170 (5.20) 1370 (6.09) 1215 (5.40) 2170 (9.65) 1645 (7.32) 2325 (10.34) 1880 (8.36) 3900 (17.35) 2285 (10.16) 4580 (20.37) 2440 (10.85)
Torsional Strength Screw Only. Does Not Consider Base Material Limitations
Size 6-20 7-18 8-18 10-16 10-24 12-14 12-24 1/4-14 1/4-20 Min. Torsional Strength in-lb (Nm) 24 (2.7) 38 (4.3) 42 (4.8) 61 (6.9) 65 (7.3) 92 (10.4) 100 (11.3) 150 (17.0) 156 (17.6)
1 The lower of the ultimate pull-out, pullover, and tension fastener strength of screw should be used for design. The Pullout and Pullover tables in this section have already been adjusted where screw strength governs. 2 The lower of the ultimate shear fastener strength and shear bearing should be used for design. The Shear Bearing table in this section has already been adjusted where screw strength governs. 3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4 When the distance to the end of the connected part is parallel to the line of the applied force the allowable shear fastener strength must be reduced for end distance, when necessary, in accordance with E4.3.2 of Appendix A of the AISI North American Specifications for the Design of Cold Formed Steel Structural Membrane (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.

Ultimate Shear Strengths Bearing (Shear), lb (kN) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
Screw Designation Nominal Diameter in. Thickness of member in contact with screw head, GA (in.) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 12 (0.090) 20 (0.036) 18 (0.048) 16 (0.060) 14 (0.075) 12 (0.090) Thickness of member not in contact with the screw head, GA (in.) 20 (0.036) 500 (2.22) 500 (2.22) 500 (2.22) 525 (2.34) 525 (2.34) 525 (2.34) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 565 (2.51) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 600 (2.67) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 645 (2.87) 18 (0.048) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94) 660 (2.94) 715 (3.18) 805 (3.58) 805 (3.58) 830 (3.69) 865 (3.85) 865 (3.85) 830 (3.69) 865 (3.85) 865 (3.85) 865 (3.85) 930 (4.14) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 930 (4.14) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 925 (4.11) 1020 (4.54) 995 (4.43) 995 (4.43) 995 (4.43) 995 (4.43) 16 (0.060) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 890 (3.96) 715 (3.18) 955 (4.25) 1120 (4.98) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1210 (5.38) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1210 (5.38) 1210 (5.38) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1290 (5.74) 1290 (5.74) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1290 (5.74) 1290 (5.74) 1290 (5.74) 1090 (4.85) 1400 (6.23) 1390 (6.18) 1390 (6.18) 1390 (6.18) 14 (0.075) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 890 (3.96) 715 (3.18) 955 (4.25) 1170 (5.20) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1215 (5.40) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1390 (6.18) 1645 (7.32) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1800 (8.00) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1800 (8.00) 1800 (8.00) 1090 (4.85) 1460 (6.49) 1820 (8.10) 1940 (8.63) 1940 (8.63) 12 (0.090) 660 (2.94) 880 (3.91) 890 (3.96) 715 (3.18) 955 (4.25) 1170 (5.20) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1215 (5.40) 830 (3.69) 1110 (4.94) 1390 (6.18) 1645 (7.32) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1800 (8.36) 945 (4.20) 1260 (5.60) 1570 (6.98) 1970 (8.76) 2285 (10.16) 1090 (4.85) 1460 (6.49) 1820 (8.10) 2280 (10.14) 2440 (10.85)
#7
0.151
#8
0.164
#10-16
0.190
#10-12
0.190
#12-14
0.216
#12-24
0.216
1/4 in.
0.250
1 The lower of the ultimate shear bearing and shear fastener strength of screw should be used for design. 3 The NASPEC recommends a safety factor of 3.0 be applied for allowable strength design and a factor of 0.5 be applied for LRFD design. 4 ANSI/ASME standard screw head diameters were used in the calculations and are listed in the tables. 2 Load values based upon calculations done in accordance with Section E4 of the AISI North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members (NASPEC) 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement.
5 Load values in table are for Hex Washer Head (HWH and HHWH), Phillips Pan Head (PPH), Phillips Truss Head (PTH), Phillips Pancake Head (PPCH), and Phillips Flat Truss Head (PFTH) style screws. Phillips Bugle Head (PBH) and Phillips Wafer Head (PWH) styles are not covered by this table because they are not used for attachment of steel to steel. 6 The load data in the table is based upon sheet steel with Fu = 45 ksi. For Fu = 55 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.22. For Fu = 65 ksi steel, multiply values by 1.44. 7 Refer to ordering information to ensure drilling capacities.
Warning: Because of the potential for delayed hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking, many hardened steel fasteners are not recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in corrosive environments. For further information, contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-8000.

Steel Deck Diaphragms For allowable diaphragm loads and stiffness values for steel roof or floor deck utilizing Hilti self-drilling screws as frame or sidelap fasteners, download Hiltis Profis DF software at www.us.hilti.com (US), or www.hilti.ca (Canada). Helpful Tip: To estimate the number of sidelap screws on a steel roof or floor deck project, multiply the total deck area in square feet times the number of required stitch screws per span and then divide by the sheet width times the joist spacing (both in feet). A 5% contingency is also recommended for waste and loss. Example: Total area: . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,000 square feet Sheet width: . . . . . . . . . . 36" = 3 ft Joist spacing: . . . . . . . . . 5 ft No. of sidelap fasteners per span: 5 # of screws needed = 50,000 ft2 x 5 x 1.05 = 17,500 3 ft x 5 ft
Installation Instructions
It is essential that proper rpm, setting depth and torque be utilized when installing Hilti screws. Install self-drilling screws perpendicular to the work surface. The self-drilling feature of the screw will drill a hole completely through the base material before tapping the threads. Do not apply excessive pressure. Too much pressure will slow the speed of the screwdriver, increasing the install time and possibly leading to drill tip failure. The variable speed motors of Hilti screwdrivers enable the operator to start the screw in a precise position and drive it at the speed best suited for the application. The Hilti ST 2500 Heavy Duty Screwdriver features a 2,500 rpm motor for fastening self-drilling screws in steel up to (6mm) thick. There is a depth gauge on the front of the tool for correct depth setting of screws. The Hilti ST 1800 Heavy Duty Torque Adjustable Screwdriver features a 1,800 rpm for fastening self-drilling screws in steel up 1/2" (13mm) thick. There is a depth gauge on the front of the tool for correct depth setting of screws. There is also an 18 position adjustable torque clutch for correct torque release setting of screws. By avoiding overdriving, proper torque adjustment will deliver consistent fastening quality. The ST 1800 may also be operated with the SDT-25 for a standup decking system to fasten sidelaps. Socket & Bit Sizes
Screw Size #8 #10 #12 1/4" Magnetic Nut Setter Size 1/4" 5/16" 5/16" 3/8" Phillips Bit Size 2 2 3 3
Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws Ordering Information
Collated Self-Drilling Screws

Light/Medium Gauge Metal Applications (Sidelap)
Description S-MD 10-16 x 7/8 HWH Collated S-MD 12-14 x 1 HWH Collated Thread Length 3/8" 3/4" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.028" 0.120" 0.028" 0.120" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/16" 0.188" 3/8" 0.375" Recess 5/16" 5/16" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Box Qty 250 250
Medium/Heavy Gauge Metal Applications (Frame Fastener)

Description S-MD 10-16 x 3/4 HWH#3 Collated S-MD 12-24 x 7/8 HWH#4 Collated
1 See length selection illustrations on page 6. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941.
Thread Length 1/2" 1/2"
Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.110" 0.175" 0.175" 0.312"
Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 0.375" 3/8" 0.375"
Recess 5/16" 5/16"
Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1
Box Qty 250 250
PPH
HWH
#5 Point
Stitch
HWH Kwik-Seal
HWH with bonded washer
PFH with wings
PWH
Single Self-Drilling Screws

Sidelap (unsupported metal sheets)
Description Unexposed to Weather S-MD 12-14x1 HHWH Stitch S-MD 10-16x7/8 HHWH Pilot Point Exposed to Weather S-MD 1/4-14x7/8 HWH Stitch Kwik-Seal Thread Length 3/4" 3/8" 1/2" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.028" 0.028" 0.028" 0.120" 0.120" 0.140" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 3/16" 5/16" 0.375" 0.188" 0.313" Recess 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 KwikCote Box Qty 3000 6000 2500
Light Gauge Applications: Steel to Steel

Description S-MD 8-18x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x1/2 PPH #2 S-MD 10-16x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #2 Thread Length 1/4" 1/2" 1/4" 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" 0.375" 1/8" 0.125" 3/16" 0.188" 5/16" 0.313" 1/2" 0.500" Recess 1/4" 1/4" PHL #2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Box Qty 1000 1000 1000 85000 65000 5000
1 See length selection illustrations on page 6. 2 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Kwik Cote = Proprietary Coating. See material specifications on page 7.

Light / Medium Gauge Metal Applications
Description Unexposed to Weather S-MD 10-16x5/8 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 1/4 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 1/2 HWH #3 S-MD 10-16x5/8 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x3/4 PPH #3 S-MD 12-14x3/4 HWH #3 S-MD 12-14x1 HWH #3 S-MD 12-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 S-MD 12-14x2 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x3/4 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x1 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 S-MD 1/4-14x2 HWH #3 Exposed to Weather S-MD 12-14x3/4 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x1 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x1 1/4 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x1 1/2 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 12-14x2 HWH #2 Kwik-Seal S-MD 1/4-14x3/4 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal S-MD 1/4-14x1 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal S-MD 1/4-14x1 1/2 HWH #3 Kwik-Seal Thread Length 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" 1" 1-1/4" 5/16" 1/2" 1/2" 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 1/2" 3/4" 1-1/4" 1-5/8" 1/4" 5/8" 1" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 1/4" 5/8" 1" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.035" 0.035" 0.035" 0.035" 0.035" 0.110" 0.110" 0.110" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.175" 0.210" 0.210" 0.210" 0.210" 0.220" 0.220" 0.220" 0.220" 0.140" 0.140" 0.140" 0.140" 0.140" 0.220" 0.220" 0.220" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/16" 3/8" 5/8" 7/8" 1-1/8" 5/16" 3/8" 5/16" 9/16" 1-1/16" 1-9/16" 5/16" 9/16" 1-1/16" 1-9/16" 1/8" 3/8" 5/8" 7/8" 1-3/8" 1/8" 3/8" 7/8" 0.187" 0.375" 0.625" 0.875" 1.125" 0.313" 0.375" 0.313" 0.562" 1.062" 1.562" 0.313" 0.562" 1.062" 1.562" 0.125" 0.375" 0.625" 0.875" 1.375" 0.125" 0.375" 0.875" Recess 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" PHL #2 PHL #2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 3/8" 3/8" 3/8" Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Kwik-Cote Box Qty 7500 6500 5000 4000 4000 7500 6500 5000 3000 2500 2000 4000 3000 2000 1000 3000 2500 2000 2000 1500 2500 2000 1500
Single Self-Drilling Screws Heavy Gauge Metal Applications

Description Unexposed to Weather S-MD 12-24x7/8 HWH #4 S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #4 S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 S-MD 12-24x2 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote S-MD 12-24x3 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote Exposed to Weather S-MD 12-24x1 1/4 HWH #5 Kwik-Cote Bond Washer Thread Length 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" 1-1/4" 2-1/4" 1/2" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.175" 0.175" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.250" 0.500" 0.500" 0.500" 0.500" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 5/8" 7/16" 1-3/16" 2-3/16" 5/16" 0.375" 0.625" 0.437" 1.187" 2.187" 0.313" Recess Coating2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 KwikCote KwikCote KwikCote Box Qty 4500 3500 4000 2000 1000 4000
1/2"
0.250"
0.500"
5/16"
0.313
5/16
KwikCote
2500

Wood to Steel Applications
Description Decking Screws (Plywood to Framing) S-WD 8-18x1 5/16 PFH #3 S-WD 8-18x1 15/16 PFH #3 Wafer Head (Plywood <1/2" to Framing) S-WD 10-24x1 PWH #3 S-WD 10-24x1 1/4 PWH #3 S-WD 10-24x1 1/2PWH #3 Small Wing Screws (3/4" Plywood to Framing) S-WW 10-24x1 7/16 PWH #3 wings Flooring Screws 1 3/4" Wood to Steel Member S-WW 12-24x2 PFH #4 wings S-WW 12-24x2 1/2 PFH #4 wings Wood 2" S-WW 14-20x2 3/4 PFH #4 wings 1-3/8" 2" 0.050" 0.050" 0.232" 0.232" 1-1/4" 1-3/4" 1.250" 1.750" PHL #2 PHL #2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 2000 1500 Thread Length 1/2" 5/8" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.050" 0.050" 0.140" 0.140" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 1/2" 3/4" 0.500" 0.750" Recess Coating2 PHL #2 PHL #2 BP BP Box Qty 6000 4000
3/4" 1" 1-1/4"
0.050" 0.050" 0.050"
0.175" 0.175" 0.175"
5/8" 7/8" 1-1/8"
0.625" 0.875" 1.125"
PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2
Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1
6000 5000 3500
1"
0.050"
0.175"
3/4"
0.750"
PHL #2
Zinc-1
4000
2-1/4"
0.050"
0.250"
2"
2.000"
PHL #2
Zinc-1
1000
Ductwork and HVAC

Thread Length 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1/4" 1/2" 3/4" 1-1/4" 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" 5/16" 1/2" 3/4" 1/2" Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.100" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" 0.035" 0.110" 0.110" 0.175" 0.110" 0.175" 0.110" 0.175" 0.028" 0.120" Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" 0.325" 1/2" 0.500" 1/8" 0.125" 3/8" 0.325" 1/2" 0.500" 1" 1.000" 3/16" 0.187" 7/16" 0.437" 11/16" 0.687" 3/16" 0.187" 3/8" 0.375" 5/8" 0.625" 3/16" 0.188" Box Qty 10000 10000 8000 10000 10000 8000 5000 8500 6500 5000 7500 6500 5000 6000
Description S-MD 8-18x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x1 HWH #2 S-MD 8-18x1/2 PPH #2 S-MD 8-18x3/4 PPH #2 S-MD 8-18x1 PPH #2 S-MD 8-18x1 1/2 PPH #2 S-MD 10-16x1/2 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x3/4 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x1 HWH #2 S-MD 10-16x5/8 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x3/4 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x1 PPH #3 S-MD 10-16x7/8 HHWH Pilot Point
Recess 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" PHL #2 PHL #2 PHL #2 5/16"
Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-1

Drywall Applications (Drywall to steel, framing and lathing screws)
Description 6 x 1 PBH SD 6 x 1 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-1/8 PBH SD 6 x 1-1/8 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-1/4 PBH SD 6 x 1-1/4 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-5/8 PBH SD 6 x 1-5/8 PBH SD Zinc 6 x 1-7/8 PBH SD 6 x 1-7/8 PBH SD Zinc 8 x 2-3/8 PBH SD 8 x 2-3/8 PBH SD Zinc 8 x 2-5/8 PBH SD 8 x 2-5/8 PBH SD Zinc 8 x 3 PBH SD 8 x 3 PBH SD Zinc 7 x 7/16 PPFH SD Framer 7 x 7/16 PPFH SD Framer Zinc 8 x 1/2 PPH SD Framer Zinc 10 x 5/8 PPCH SD Framer 10 x 3/4 PFTH SD Framer Zinc 8 x 1/2 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 8 x 3/4 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 8 x 1 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 8 x 1-1/4 PTH SD Lathing Zinc 6 x 1-5/8 SFH SD 6 x 1-5/8 SFH SD Zinc 6 x 2-1/4 SFH SD 6 x 2-1/4 SFH SD Zinc Coating1 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 Zinc-2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1 Zinc-2 Zinc-2 Zinc-2 Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 BP Zinc-2 Box Qty 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 5,000 4,000 4,000 2,500 2,500 1,600 1,600 1,400 1,400 10,000 10,000 10,000 7,500 7,500 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 5,000 3,000 3,000 Application Fastening Drywall, plywood, insulation, etc. to metal studs from 14 ga to 20 ga
Fastening stud to track from 14 ga to 20 ga
Fastening wire lath to 14 ga to 20 ga
Fastening wood trim and base to 14 ga to 20 ga studs
1 For coating abbreviations, Zinc-1 = ASTM F 1941; Zinc-2 = EN /ISO 4042 A/72/E; BP = Black Phosphate
Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws Product Description

Hilti Kwik-Flex fasteners combine the in-place economy of self-drilling screws with the strength and performance of bolted connections. The precisionmilled point and lead threads of a KwikFlex fastener are selectively hardened for dependable self-drilling and tapping. The balance of the fastener retains the ductility. This results in superior resistance to embrittlement that can be caused by stress, dissimilar metals and moisture. Product Features Virtually immune to embrittlement failure Self-drilling for convenience, labor savings Kwik-Cote finish provides up to three times the corrosion resistance of cadmium or zinc plating Complies with the Buy America Act Suitable for: Aluminum to steel Fire retardant plywood Corrosive environments
Tapping Threads eliminate nuts to simplify installation Hex Washer Head: uses standard tools, efficient drive system, resists pullover Precision-milled drill point speeds installation
15 15 15 17 17
Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
Kwik-Flex Head: Marking simplifies inspection
Shank has Grade 5 bolt ductility and strength (SAE J429 and ASTM A 449) without embrittlement; Rc 28-34 hardness
Hardened to Rockwell C52 min. for drilling and tapping
Flutes remove metal chips for easy drilling
Listings/Approvals
Material strength of fasteners
Mechanical Yield Strength, Fy Properties Tensile Strength Fu
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ER-4780
ksi (MPa) 92 (634)
ksi (MPa) 120 (828)
Technical Data
Kwik-Flex Screw Specification Table
Fastener Size/Diameter Fastened Material Minimum Spacing (in.) Minimum Edge Distance (in.)
No. 10 No. 12 1/4 Inch
Steel Aluminum Steel Aluminum Steel Aluminum
5/8 15/32 11/16 9/16 3/4 5/8
9/32 3/8 3/8 7/16 3/8 1/2
Note: These fasteners address delayed failure due to hydrogen assisted stress corrosion cracking. They are not any more resistant to other corrosion effects than standard Hilti Kwik-Cote screws.
Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws

Kwik-Flex Screw Allowable Pull-Out Values (Tension)1,4
Pullout (lb) Screw Size 10-16 12-14 1/4-14 1/4-20 Drill Point Type 3 3 3 4 Drill Cap.2 (in.) 0.150 0.187 0.187 0.312 Steel Gauge3 or Thickness (in.) 18 GA 16 GA 14 GA 12 GA 158 158 159 200 210 212 206 254 284 274 260 638 460 480 500 1/8 677 620 740 765 3/16 1159 1015 1045 1/4 1215 5/16 1275 3/8 1/2 Aluminum Thickness (in.) 1/8 306 210 240 230 1/4 914 969 700 3/8 1473
1 Steel members shall conform to ASTM A 36. Aluminum members shall be 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. 2 The maximum drill capacity is the maximum metal thickness the fastener can self-drill and self-tap. 3 The base-metal thickness of No. 12 gauge steel is 0.105", of No. 14 gauge steel is 0.075", of No. 16 gauge steel is 0.060" and of No. 18 gauge steel is 0.048". 4 Based on using a safety factor of 3.0.
Kwik-Flex Screw Allowable Shear Values 1,4

Shear (lb) Screw Size Drill Point Type 3 3 3 4 Drill Cap.2 (in.) 0.150 0.187 0.187 0.312 Steel 18-18 GA 545 526 558 540 18-14 GA 693 847 925 835 Gauge3 or Thickness (in.) 1/8"-3/16" 3/16"-1/4" 635 670 715 1/4"-12 GA 660 Aluminum Thickness (in.) 1/8"-1/8" 1/8"-1/4" 587 335 405 395 475 590 570
16-16 GA 585 662 672 633
14-14 GA 727 967 980
10-16 12-14 1/4-14 1/4-20
1 Steel members shall conform to ASTM A 36. Aluminum members shall be 6063-T5 aluminum alloy. 2 The maximum drill capacity is the maximum metal thickness the fastener can self-drill and self-tap. 3 The base-metal thickness of No. 12 gauge steel is 0.105", of No. 14 gauge steel is 0.075", of No. 16 gauge steel is 0.060" and of No. 18 gauge steel is 0.048". 4 Based on using a safety factor of 3.0.
Kwik-Flex Self-Drilling Screws Installation Instructions

Self-drilling/Self-tapping Fasteners: Self-drilling/self-tapping fasteners are installed without predrilling holes in the receiving member of the connection. The drilling function of the fastener must be completed prior to the lead threads of the fastener engaging the metal. This is normally accomplished by predrilling a clearance hole in the component being fastened to the receiving member. Clearance holes shall be 15/64" and 17/64" in diameter for No. 12 and 1/4" diameter fasteners, respectively. Fasteners must be installed with a 1800 to 2500 rpm electric screwdriver incorporating a depth sensitive or torque-limiting nosepiece. Installed fasteners shall protrude through the attached members with the highhardness drill point and lead threads beyond the attached members.
Ordering Information
Description 10-16 x 3/4 HWH #3 10-24 x 1 1/4 PWH #3 12-14 x 1 PFHUC #3 12-14 x 7/8 HWH #3 12-14 x 1 HWH #3 12-14 x 1 1/2 HWH #3 12-14 x 2 HWH #3 1/4-14 x 1 HWH #3 1/4-14 x 1 1/2 HWH #3 1/4-14 x 2 HWH #3 1/4-20 x 1 1/2 HWH #4 1/4-20 x 2 HWH #4 Thread Length (in.) 0.350 0.850 0.530 0.470 0.530 1.030 1.530 0.480 0.950 1.480 0.860 1.360 Coating1 Kwik-Cote Organic Box Qty 6,000 5,000 4,000 5,000 4,000 2,500 2,000 3,000 2,000 1,500 2,000 1,500
1 Refer to page 153 for more information regarding corrosion protection.
Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications Direct Fastening Terminology

DX = Hilti Powder-Actuated Direct Fastening System GX = Gas-Actuated Fastening Systems Characteristics of Steel and Other Metals Fu = specified minimum ultimate tensile strength of metals, ksi (MPa) = specified minimum yield strength of metals, ksi (MPa) hNVS = nailhead stand-off above the surface fastened into. For nails, this is the surface of the fastened material. For threaded studs, the surface of the base material, in. (mm) Ls = length of fastener, in. (mm)
smin = minimum fastener spacing, in. (mm) tI tI tII = thickness of the fastened material, in. (mm) = total thickness of the fastened material, where more than one layer fastened, in. (mm) = thickness of the base material, in. (mm)
Fy
Characteristics of Concrete and Masonry fc = concrete compressive strength as measured by testing of cylinder, psi (MPa) = specified concrete compressive strength, psi (MPa)
f'c
Tmax = maximum tightening torque, ft-lb (Nm) Screw Fastening Systems 1 L = length of screw, in. (mm)
Fastening Details cmin = minimum edge distance, in. (mm) dnom = nominal fastener shank diameter, in. (mm) D = thread diameter for threaded studs, in. (mm)
MT = maximum thickness of all attachments to be fastened, including the base material, in. (mm) Pss = nominal shear strength (resistance) of screw, lb (kN) Pts = nominal tension strength (resistance) of screw, lb (kN)
hET = penetration of the fastener point below the surface of the base material, in. (mm)
1 Terminology for screw fastener head styles (e.g. hex washer head (HWH)) can be found on page 6.
Fastener Nomenclature1
Fastener Series1
Washer Type2 and Diameter (mm) 1. The fastener name preceded by an E (e.g. X-EDNI 16 P8), indicates a knurled shank for improved holding Indicates in steel. (Note: X-U fasteners have Collated Fastener knurling.) (strips of 10)3
Stud Nomenclature1
2. P = Plastic washer Thread Size S = Steel washer (mm) D = Double washer (1 plastic, 1 steel) L = Double washer (both steel) DP = Double washer (both plastic) FP = Ferrule and plastic guide washer 3. MX at the end of fastener name indicates fasteners collated in strips of 10 Thread Length (mm) Washer Type2 and Diameter (mm)
X-U 37 P8 MX
Shank Length (mm)
X-W6 20 22 FP8
Shank Length (mm)
Thread Length
Washer
Shank Diameter
Shank Diameter
Washer
Thread Size
Direct Fastening Terminology & Applications Benefits of Direct Fastening Systems

Power-actuated fastening systems are recognized as a safe, acceptable and cost effective method of making instantaneous fastenings into various construction base materials such as concrete, steel and masonry. Poweractuated fastening technology uses either powder cartridges (blank cartridges) or compressed gas cartridges. Without the need for external power sources, it is portable, fast and lightweight allowing for reliable fastenings in difficult access areas on todays construction sites. Screw fastening systems are commonly used for the attachment of cold-formed steel members. Self-drilling screws allow for direct attachment without the need for additional equipment such as a drill bit or welding machine making screw fastening portable, fast and lightweight. A key benefit to using direct fastening systems is increased productivity for the end user due to the speed of making fastenings vs. drilling and anchoring or welding. Fastenings are easily inspected and suitable for all trades in a variety of applications.
Common Direct Fastening Applications

General Fastenings to Concrete Reference Pages 31-39 and 49-51 General Fastenings to Steel Reference Pages 31-39 and 52-54 Perimeter Wall Applications - Deflection Slip Clips - Steel Framing Track Reference Pages 40-44
Interior Partition Walls (Drywall) Reference Pages 45-48
Electrical Grounding Reference Pages 55-59
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection Fastening to Concrete General Suitability
When a powder or gas-actuated fastener is driven into concrete, the concrete around the fastener shank is displaced. This displaced concrete compresses against the shank creating a friction hold. In addition, heat generated during the driving process causes a sintering of the concrete to the fastener. A fastener driven into concrete is influenced by the following factors: Depth of penetration Compressive strength of the concrete Fastener spacing and edge distance Fastener shank diameter Concrete aggregate
Fastener point magnified at sintering zone
Sintering Zone Compression Zone
Depth of Penetration into Concrete

Generally, as the fastener penetration increases, so does the load capacity (1). However, a penetration depth which is too shallow or too deep may cause an increase in fastening failure (2). Depth of Penetration Guide1
Material Concrete block and joints Average concrete (2000-4000 psi) Precast or pre-stressed concrete (5000 psi +) Typical 3/4" to 1" (19 to 25 mm) 3/4" to 1-1/4" (19 to 32 mm) 3/4" to 1" (19 to 25 mm) Sprinkler Installations with W10 Stud Only 1" to 1-5/8" (25 to 41 mm) 1" to 1-1/4" (25 to 32 mm)
1 For allowable load capacities at specific embedment depths refer to specific product sections.
Compressive Strength of Concrete/Aggregate Hardness

Generally, as the concrete compressive strength increases, so does the fasteners load capacity (1). However, very high compressive strength and aggregate hardness decrease the possibility of making a successful fastening (2). Concrete Compressive Strength
Optimum Maximum 2000 6000 psi (14-41 MPa) *8500 psi (55 MPa)
* May require predrilling with DX-Kwik system (page 23)
Fastener Spacing, Edge Distance & Base Material Thickness Requirements for Concrete
Nail Shank Diameter
dnom in. (mm) Cmin in. (mm) Smin in. (mm) Smin Cmin
0.118 (3.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.157 (4.0) (X-U) 0.177 (4.5) (X-AL-H) 0.177 (4.5) (DS) 0.205 (5.2) (W10)
2-3/8 (60) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 3-1/8 (80) 4 (104)
2-3/8 (60) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 2-3/4 (70) 3-1/8 (80) 4 (104)
Depth of Penetration
2-3/4 (70)
C min= Min. Edge Distance1 S min = Min. Fastener Spacing t II = Min. Concrete Thickness = 3 x Fastener Penetration Depth2
1 Unless otherwise noted in corresponding load tables (e.g. sill plate application). 2 Unless otherwise noted in corresponding load tables (e.g. lightweight concrete over metal deck applications) t II
Maximum Tightening Torque

Tmax
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Concrete, ft-lb (Nm)
X-W6 3.0 (4.0) Stud Type X-CR W6 3.0 (4.0) W10 4.5 (6.0)
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection 3.2.1
Fastener Locations when Installing into Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck
Hilti Powder-Driven Fastener 3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 12"
min. 3-1/4" 3" Form Deck Lower Flute Location Upper Flute Location Direction of shear load on fastener 1-1/8" Min. Edge Distance Direction of tension load on fastener 4-1/2" min. 4-1/2" min. 7-1/4" min.
Figure 1 Hilti Fastener Location in 3 Deep Composite Floor Deck Normal Deck Profile Orientation
Hilti Power-Driven Fastener 3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 6" min. 2-1/2"
Form Deck Upper Flute Location Lower Flute Location
Direction of shear load on fastener Direction of tension load on fastener
7/8" Edge Distance
1-3/4"
2-1/2" 3-1/2"
1-1/2"
Figure 2 Hilti Fastener Location in 1-1/2 Deep Composite Floor Deck Normal Deck Profile Orientation
Hilti Power-Driven Fastener 3,000 psi Lightweight Concrete 6" min. 2-1/2"
Form Deck Upper Flute Location Lower Flute Location
Direction of shear load on fastener Direction of tension load on fastener
1-3/4" Edge Distance
1-3/4" 3-1/2"
1-1/2"
Figure 3 Hilti Fastener Location in 1-1/2 Deep Composite Floor Deck Inverted Deck Profile Orientation
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection Bending Moments on Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete
As with concrete anchors, bending moments on poweractuated fasteners installed in concrete and masonry base materials can be minimized through proper design detailing and installation practice. Proper design should include redundancy with multiple fastening points instead of singlepoint fastenings, in order to distribute bending moment effects amongst multiple fasteners. Installation of threaded rod coupler hangers on powder-actuated threaded studs should be done with the coupler run down over the stud shank and in contact with the concrete or masonry base material as depicted in the figure below. Care should be taken not to
Arrangements to reduce or prevent moment on shank:
exceed the maximum torque discussed on page 20. Although no design equations are provided for determining equivalent bending moment loads on power-actuated fasteners, recommended allowable bending moments are provided in the table below based on testing with a safety factor of 2:1 for static loading. Relatively small bending moments can contribute to a significant reduction in the overall fastening capacity and must be checked by the engineer.
Arrangement causing moment to act on shank:
Non-symmetric arrangement: Moment on fastened part Prying effect must be considered in determining loads acting on fastener
Coupler not tight against concrete Coupler tight against concrete
Allowable Bending Moments For Threaded Stud Fasteners Installed in Minimum 2,000 psi Concrete1
Fastener Designation X-W6 X-CR W6 W10 Mrec ft-lb (Nm) 3.6 (4.9) 3.2 (4.3) 10.0 (13.6)
1 Based on a safety factor greater than or equal to 2.0.
Combined Loading of Power-Actuated Fasteners in Concrete

Combined loading of power-actuated fasteners installed in concrete can be treated with exponent = 1 unless otherwise provided for the specific application (e.g. ceiling clips with power-actuated fasteners with 45 loading). (Ns / Nrec) + (Vs / Vrec) 1.0 where: Ns = Applied Tension Load Vs = Applied Shear Load
Nrec = Allowable Tension Load Vrec = Allowable Shear Load
Fastener Clamping & Nailhead Stand-Off

Powder-actuated fastenings must be thought of in terms of a fastening system consisting of the powder-actuated tool, cartridges and the fastener itself. Not all powder-actuated fastening systems can achieve adequate embedment and proper clamping of the fastened part to the base material. The installer should start with the lowest power regulation and cartridge and work up until tight clamping is achieved. Installers should never double-shoot fastenings with excessive nail head stand-off in order to drive them deeper. This can create a safety hazard and break the bond or sintering between the fastener shank and the base material.
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection DX Kwik System Product Description
DX-KWIK is a method of fastening into concrete that combines the speed and portability of powder-actuated fastenings with the performance and consistency of anchors. The DX-KWIK System requires a shallow, small diameter hole to be drilled into the concrete, then a powderactuated fastener is driven through the hole into the concrete. Product Features Two very important fastening principles are achieved by using the DX-KWIK System: The fastener obtains its holding power in the concrete deeper than standard powder-actuated fastenings without pre-drilling Concrete stresses are distributed deeper below the concrete surface DX-KWIK Fasteners
DX-KWIK System Advantages Higher allowable loads Ability to fasten into high-strength concrete Virtually eliminates concrete surface spalls More consistent fastening TE 7 A Rotary Hammer Drill
DX 460 Powder-Actuated Fastening Tool
DX-Kwik
Anchor
Standard DX
23 mm
5 mm
1. Drill a hole into the concrete using a TX-C 5/18 or TX-C 5/23 special DX-KWIK Bit.
2. Insert the special high strength fastener into the DX tool leaving the fastener point protruding out. Note: Typically, DX-KWIK Fasteners are 47 mm minimum in length. As of publication date, only X-U and X-AL-H series fasteners have been tested. Reference page 32 for allowable load capacity table.
3. Using the required cartridge power drive the fastener into the concrete.
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection Fastening to Steel General Suitability
When a powder or gas-actuated fastener is driven into steel, the steel around the fastener shank is displaced. This displaced steel flows back around the shank and into the knurling creating a keying hold or in the case of smooth shank fasteners a friction hold. In addition, the heat generated during the driving process, at temperatures of approximately 1650F, causes partial fusion of the fastener to the steel. A fastener driven into steel is influenced by the following factors: Base steel thickness Tensile strength of base steel Fastener spacing and edge distance Fastener shank diameter
Fastener Spacing, Edge Distance & Base Material Thickness Requirements for Steel
Cmin = Min. Edge Distance = 1/2" (12 mm)1 Smin = Min. Fastener Spacing without reduction in performance = 1" (25 mm)1 t II = Min. Base Steel Thickness = 1/8" (3 mm)
1 Unless otherwise noted (e.g. X-BT fastener)
Smin
Cmin
t II
Base Steel Thickness and Fastener Driving Distance Requirements

Base Steel Thickness
Holding Power
Optimum Thickness 3/8" to 1/2" (10 to 12 mm)
Application Range for Standard Knurled Fasteners
Steel Thickness
Base Steel Tensile Strength (x1000) psi
Optimal holding power is obtained when fastener point is driven to distance h ET.
As the tensile strength of the base steel increases, the thickness of the base steel suitable for DX fastenings decreases.
Nail Type tI LS hET LS hET
Recommended Driving Distance to Achieve Optimal Tension Capacity, h ET*
L S = hET + t I * The objective of this table is to ensure adequate through-penetration of the base steel. For load capacity of fasteners without through-penetration, refer to corresponding allowable load table and applicable footnotes for more details.
X-U X-EDNI X-EW6H-xx-9 EDS X-EGN X-EW10H-xx-14 X-DNI DS X-S13 P8THP X-S16 P8TH X-ZF X-CR X-AL-H
in. 0.394 - 0.551 0.394 - 0.551 0.315 - 0.433 0.472 - 0.669 0.315 - 0.433 0.512 - 0.630 0.591 - 1.063 0.669 - 1.063 0.394 - 0.472 > 0.433 0.591 - 1.063 > 0.394 0.591 - 1.063
mm 10 - 14 10 - 14 8 - 11 12 - 17 8-11 13 - 16 15 - 27 17 - 27 10-12 > 11 15 - 27 > 10 15 - 27
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection Recommended Fastener Lengths for Attaching Wood to Steel Base Material
Wood Thickness (mm)
X-U
DNI
DS
X-AL-H
Application Limit X-U DNI Fasteners Application Limit Fasteners
Up to 1/4" (6 mm)
5/16" (8 mm) 3/8" (10 mm) 7/16" (11 mm) 1/2" (12 mm)
Base Material Thickness

Notes: 1 X-U, DNI, DS or X-AL-H up to 62 mm long may be used in base steel up to 1/4" (6 mm) thick. 2 If the application limit is exceeded, shank buckling can occur. 3 Numbers in G and I represent fastener length in mm.
Recommendations for Attaching Steel to Steel Base Material

Note
t I 1/8 in. (3 mm) Tightening-Torque
1 Directly fastened material 1/8" thick usually deforms with the displaced base material. This allows a tight fit between the fastened steel and base material without the need for pre-drilling.
3.2.1.2.6 Maximum Tightening Torque

Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Steel, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type
Tmax
Tmax
X-EW6H 3.0 (4.1)
X-EM8H 8.0 (10.8)
X-EW10H 11.0 (14.9)
X-CRM8 6.0 (8.1)
X-BT W10 & X-BT M8 6.0 (8.1)
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection Bending Moments on Power-Actuated Fasteners in Steel
As with weld studs, bending moments on power-actuated fasteners installed in steel can be minimized through proper design detailing and installation practice. Proper design should include redundancy with multiple fastening points instead of single-point fastenings, in order to distribute bending moment effects amongst multiple fasteners. Installation of threaded rod coupler hangers on powder-actuated threaded studs should be done with the coupler run down over the stud shank and in contact with the steel base material as depicted in the figure below. Care should be taken not to exceed the maximum torque discussed on page 25.
Arrangements to reduce or prevent moment on shank:
Although no design equations are provided for determining equivalent bending moment loads on power-actuated fasteners, recommended allowable bending moments are provided in the table below based on testing with a safety factor of 2:1 for static loading Relatively small bending moments can contribute to a significant reduction in the overall fastening capacity and must be checked by the engineer.
Arrangement causing moment to act on shank:
Non-symmetric arrangement: Moment on fastened part Prying effect must be considered in determining loads acting on fastener
Coupler not tight against steel
Coupler tight against steel
Allowable Bending Moments For Threaded Stud Fasteners Installed in Minimum ASTM A 36 Steel1
Fastener Nomenclature X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H X-CRM8 X-BT M8/W10 Mrec ft-lb (Nm) 2.2 (3.0) 4.5 (6.2) 6.5 (8.8) 4.0 (5.5) 6.0 (8.2)
1 Based on a safety factor greater than or equal to 2.0.
Combined Loading of Power-Actuated Fasteners in Steel

Combined loading of power-actuated fasteners installed in steel can be treated with exponent = 1 unless otherwise provided for the specific application (e.g. powder-actuated fasteners for steel deck applications with diaphragm shear and tension uplift). (Ns / Nrec) + (Vs / Vrec) 1.0 where: Ns = Applied Tension Load Vs = Applied Tension Load Nrec = Allowable Tension Load Vrec = Allowable Tension Load Hilti powder-actuated fasteners for attachment of steel decks (X-ENP-19 L15, X-EDN19 THQ12 and X-EDNK22 THQ12) have separate design equations for combined loading in the SDI Deck Diaphragm Design Manual, 3rd Edition (2006).
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection Power-Actuated Fastener Selection Guide
Hilti Fastening Tool Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required P10 = 10 mm fastener guide required Fastener Application DX E72 DX 35 DX 36 DX 351 DX 460 DX 76 DX 600N
2008 Light Steel Framing Manual Page Numbers
X-U Fastener
For universal, high quality fastenings to concrete and steel: perimeter wall applications, forming, underfloor, trunking, thin metal brackets, angles, etc. High-volume, repetitive fastenings to concrete and steel: perimeter wall applications, forming installation, etc.

M M
31-36 37-39 40-44
X-U MX Magazine
31-36 37-39 40-44
DS/EDS Fastener
For fastening to concrete (DS) and steel (EDS): perimeter wall applications, forming, underfloor, trunking, installation straps, thin metal, brackets, angles, etc. A standard quality fastener for fastenings to concrete and CMU block
P10
31-36 40-44
X-ZF Fastener

M M
31-36
X-ZF MX Fastener Collated
High volume repetitive fastenings to concrete and CMU block 31-36
X-CR Corrosion Resistant Fastener
Corrosion resistance equivalent to SAE 316 stainless steel for exterior or corrosive environments

M M
31-36
X-DNI/X-EDNI Fastener
For fastening to concrete (X-DNI) and steel (X-EDNI), forming, underfloor, trunking, installation straps, thin metal, brackets, angles, etc. High-volume, repetitive fastenings to concrete, forming installation, etc.
31-36
X-DNI MX Fastener Collated
31-36
X-EDNI MX Fastener Collated
Fastenings to steel: angles, brackets, channels, tracks, etc. M 31-36
X-AL-H High-Strength Fastener
For high performance fastening to high strength concrete and steel Note: Special drive piston is required
31-36
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti Fastening Tool GX 100/100E Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required DX E72 GX 120 DX 351 DX 460 DX 450 DX 35 DX 36
Fastener
Application Fastenings to concrete and steel: forming, underfloor, trunking, installation straps, thin metal brackets, angles, etc.
X-NK Fastener*
31-36
SL Fastener Single & Collated
Removable fastenings for forming (concrete formwork, shuttering, etc.)
31-36
BC Rebar Basket Clip
Rebar basket clip with pre-mounted fastener
31-36
X-S13 THP Fastener
Fastening of drywall track to steel

P8
31-36 45-48
X-DAK 16 Stepped-Shank Fastener
Fastening of light gauge steel to high strength steel. Available with or without collapsible metal top hat washer. Collated magazine version is also available. Fastening of drywall track to steel
31-36 45-48
X-S16 Fastener
45-48
X-DW Fastener
For attaching drywall track to concrete, CMU block or steel
45-48
X-GN/X-EGN Gas Fastener Collated
Gas-actuated fastener for attaching drywall track and light gauge steel to concrete, steel and CMU block Gas-actuated hardened fastener specifically designed for attaching drywall track and light gauge steel to hard concrete.
31-36 45-48
X-GHP Gas Fastener Collated
31-36 45-48
* Available in Canada or by special order.
General Construction Fastener Design & Selection

Hilti Fastening Tool Fastener Notes: = Single M = Collated Fasteners (magazine required) P8 = 8 mm fastener guide required P10 = 10 mm fastener guide required Fastener Application DX 351 DX E72 DX 460 DX 35 DX 36 DX 600N
X-W6 1/4" Threaded Stud
Installation of electrical clips and clamps, lamps and lighting as well as switch boxes and control cabinets Available in stainless steel
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
49-51
W10 3/8" Threaded Stud
Holder brackets, pipe hangers and cable trays, to concrete P10
49-51
X-EW6H 1/4" Threaded Stud
Fastening of light brackets, electrical clamps, rings and channels to steel
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
52-54
X-EM8H-8mm Threaded Stud
Fastening of grating in with X-FCM grating disk (Section 3.3.2) P8 P8 P8 P8 P8 52-54
X-EW10H 3/8" Threaded Stud
Fastening pipe hangers, cable trays, air ducts, brackets and channels to steel P10
52-54
X-BT Threaded Stud
Fastening pipe hangers, cable trays, air ducts, brackets and channels to steel. Also used as electrical grounding stud.
BT Tool
55-59
Notes
General Application Fasteners Product Description

X-U* Premium Series Universal high performance fastener designed for applications in both concrete and steel of either high strength or standard strength. Shank diameter is consistent through the fastener offering at 0.157". X-U fastener lengths range from 5/8" through 2-7/8" and are available as single fasteners (P8) or collated (MX) in strips of 10. Specific size single X-U fasteners can be pre-mounted with either 15 mm or 36 mm steel washers. There is also a metal tophat (TH) version as well for the 5/8", 3/4 and 1 lengths. All X-U fasteners have a unique twist knurling reaching 7/8" from the tip up the shank. X-ZF Standard Series The ZF series of fasteners is a low cost solution for applications in concrete and is best suited for concrete hardness less than 4,000 psi. This fastener is generally not suited for steel applications. Fastener lengths range from 3/4" 2-7/8" with a shank diameter of 0.138". ZF fasteners are offered in single (P8) fastener version as well as in collated (MX) strips of 10. Pre-mounted washers are also available in 23 mm and 36 mm diameters on specific length non-collated fasteners. X-S13 Steel Fastener The X-S13 is a low cost fastener for steel. It has a 0.145" smooth shank diameter and is offered in a 1/2" length only. The X-S13 comes collated (MX) in strips of 10 or singly with a plastic tophat (THP). This fastener is ideally suited for fastening drywall track to standard strength steel and is discussed further in Drywall Track Fastening Systems, page 45. X-GN/X-GHP/X-EGN The collated fastener line for Hiltis gas-actuated tools. Designed for applications in Interior Finishing, Mechanical and Electrical, these fasteners are used for fastenings in concrete (X-GN standard, X-GHP premium) and steel (X-EGN). For more details refer to Drywall Track Fastening Systems, page 45. DS/EDS Fastener Series The DS series fastener is a high performance fastener of 0.177" shank diameter suitable for both concrete and steel applications. It is offered in a single fastener version only with a 10 mm dome head design and a 10 mm guidance washer. Available lengths are 3/4" through 4-5/8". Knurling is offered on 3/4" and 7/8" lengths; designated as EDS and ideally suited for steel applications. X-DAK Steel Fastener The X-DAK16 is a premium, high performance fastener designed specifically for attachments to steel (e.g. tagging, drywall track). It is offered in a 5/8" length with a unique step shank design either singly (P8 or metal tophat) or collated (MX) in strips of 10 and is discussed further in Drywall Track Fastening Systems, page 45. X-CR Fastener Series X-CR is a high performance, corrosion resistant fastener equivalent to SAE 316 stainless steel. This fastener is ideally suited for applications where corrosion is a concern whether on concrete or steel base materials. The X-CR is offered as a single (P8) fastener in lengths from 5/8" through 2-1/8". Shank diameter for these fasteners is 0.145" for shank lengths less than 1-3/4 and 0.157 for longer fasteners. X-DNI/X-EDNI Fastener Series The X-DNI Series fastener with a 0.145" shank diameter suitable for both concrete and steel applications. It is offered in single (P8) or collated (MX) in strips of 10. Fastener lengths are 5/8" and 1" to 1-1/2" with the 5/8" length shank knurled (X-EDNI) for increased performance in steel. This fastener series specification is being replaced by the X-U fastener series specification.
31 32 32 36 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Ordering Information
NEW
X-U Universal Fastener*
X-ZF
DS
X-CR
X-S13
EDS
X-DAK
X-DNI
X-EDNI
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2269 (X-U) ESR-1663 (DS, X-ZF, EDS, X-DAK, X-CR, X-DNI & X-EDNI) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25675 (X-U) RR 25646 (DS, X-ZF, EDS, X-DAK, X-CR, X-DNI, & X-EDNI
* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found on page 37.
General Application Fasteners Material Specifications

Fastener Designation X-U DS/EDS X-ZF X-CR3 X-GN/X-GHP/X-EGN X-DNI X-EDNI X-AL-H X-NK/ENK SL Forming Nail BC ZF Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Fastener Plating1 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc N/A 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc Steel Washer or Clip Material2 Carbon Steel N/A Carbon Steel SAE 316 N/A Carbon Steel N/A N/A Carbon Steel N/A Carbon Steel Washer or Clip Plating1,2 5 m Zinc N/A 5 m Zinc N/A N/A 5 m Zinc N/A N/A 5 m Zinc N/A 5 m Zinc 1 The 5 m zinc coating is in accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III. 2 Most fasteners have a plastic washer for guidance when installing. Not all fastener lengths have a premounted steel washer. Refer to page 36 for more information on available fasteners. 3. The X-CR fastener material is a proprietary material, which provides a corrosion resistance equivalent to SAE 316 stainless steel. The steel washer material is SAE 316 stainless steel.
Technical Data
Description Fastener
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 4

Shank Diameter
in. (mm)
Min. Embedment
in. (mm)
2000 psi
Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi
6000 psi
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners X-U 47 P8 with DX-Kwik
X-U*
0.157 (4.0)
X-U3
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) & 0.145 (3.7)
Standard Fastener
X-ZF2
Limited Purpose Fastener
X-CF
0.145 (3.7)
Heavy Duty Fastener
DS
0.177 (4.5)
Stainless Steel Fastener
X-CR
0.145 (3.7) & 0.157 (4.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Gas Fastener Premium Gas Fastener
X-GN X-GHP
Universal Fastener
X-DNI
0.145 (3.7)
High Performance Fastener
X-AL-H
0.177 (4.5)
X-AL-H 42 P8 with DX-Kwik Knob Head Fastener Forming Fastener
X-AL-H3 X-NK5 SL 44/476 SL 626
0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1-1/2 1 1 1
(19) (25) (32) (38) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (16) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (38) (25) (25) (25)
100 165 240 275 45 85 130 175 25 50 130 50 130 220 300 30 55 110 265 95 115 60 145 160 220 65 130 135 200 355 85 60 75
(0.44) (0.73) (1.07) (1.22) (0.20) (0.38) (0.58) (0.78) (0.11) (0.22) (0.58) (0.22) (0.58) (0.98) (1.33) (0.13) (0.24) (0.49) (1.18) (0.42) (0.51) (0.27) (0.64) (0.71) (0.98) (0.29) (0.58) (0.60) (0.89) (1.60) (0.38) (0.27) (0.33)
(0.57) (0.85) (1.38) (1.87) 75 (0.33) 150 (0.67) 210 (0.93) 260 (1.16) 35 (0.16) 160 (0.71) 210 (0.93) 120 (0.53) 195 (0.87) 385 (1.71) 405 (1.80) 40 (0.18) 185 (0.82) 290 (1.29) 405 (1.80) 120 (0.53) 220 (0.98) 105 (0.47) 185 (0.82) 290 (1.29) 330 (1.47) 70 (0.31) 190 (0.85) 265 (1.18) 340 (1.51) 470 (2.09) 165 (0.73) 65 (0.29) 75 (0.33)
125 190 310 420
(0.44) (0.76) (1.25) (1.45) (1.76) (0.27) (0.40) (0.58) (1.09) 125 (0.56) 155 (0.69) 270 (1.20) 355 (1.58) 65 (0.29) 120 (0.53) 125 (0.56) 350 (1.56) 95 (0.42) 115 (0.51) 110 (0.49) 160 (0.71) 230 (1.02) 320 (1.42) 90 (0.40) 165 (0.73) 240 (1.07) 240 (1.07) 475 (2.11) 145 (0.64)
100 170 280 325 395 60 90 130 245
(0.57) (1.00) (1.38) (1.87) (1.80) (0.47) (0.89) (1.29) (1.60) 135 (0.60) 240 (1.07) 425 (1.89) 450 (2.00) 40 (0.18) 190 (0.85) 300 (1.33) 450 (2.00) 120 (0.53) 220 (0.98) 120 (0.53) 240 (1.07) 330 (1.47) 425 (1.89) 95 (0.42) 195 (0.87) 270 (1.20) 460 (2.05) 565 (2.51) 215 (0.96)
125 225 310 420 405 105 200 290 360
105 (0.47) 110 (0.49) 180 (0.80) 360 (1.60) 100 (0.44) 120 (0.53) 50 (0.22) 100 (0.44) 200 (0.89) 120 (0.53) 180 (0.80) 240 (1.07)
205 (0.91) 280 (1.25) 425 (1.89) 570 (2.54) 170 (0.76) 440 (1.96) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.56) 250 (1.11) 125 (0.56) 280 (1.25) 440 (1.96)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length of 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All other X-ZF fasteners for concrete have shank diameters of 0.138". 3 Fastener installed with DX-Kwik drilled pilot hole installation found on page 23. * More details about new the innovative X-U fastener can be found on page 37.
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 5 Available in Canada or by special order. 6 For temporary fastening of formwork only.
General Application Fasteners

Allowable Loads in Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1, 6
Fastener Location Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Installed into Concrete Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3 Tension lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute Shear lb (kN)
Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners
X-U*
0.157 (4.0)
Standard Fastener Limited Purpose Fastener Heavy Duty Fastener
X-ZF5 X-CF DS4
0.138 (3.5) & 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) & 0.157 (4.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Stainless Steel Fastener Gas Fastener
X-CR X-GN
Universal Fastener
X-DNI
0.145 (3.7)
High Performance Fastener
X-AL-H 0.177 (4.5)
Knob Head Fastener
X-NK7
0.145 (3.7)
3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 3/4 1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 1-1/4 1-1/2
(19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (25) (19) (25) (32) (38) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (19) (25) (32) (38) (19) (25) (32) (38) (25) (32) (38)
125 205 315 425 110 135 220 285 130 100 180 300 450 230 320 405 115 170 120 175 240 300 115 225 330 175 240 300
(0.56) (0.91) (1.40) (1.89) (0.49) (0.60) (0.98) (1.27) (0.58) (0.44) (0.80) (1.33) (2.00) (1.02) (1.42) (1.80) (0.51) (0.76) (0.53) (0.78) (1.07) (1.33) (0.51) (1.00) (1.47) (0.78) (1.07) (1.33)
115 260 435 475 175 180 260 315 165 200 360 520 680 240 400 500 140 220 180 185 315 365 155 350 475 185 280 295
(0.51) (1.16) (1.93) (2.11) (0.78) (0.80) (1.16) (1.40) (0.73) (0.89) (1.60) (2.31) (3.02) (1.07) (1.78) (2.22) (0.62) (0.98) (0.80) (0.82) (1.40) (1.62) (0.69) (1.56) (2.11) (0.82) (1.25) (1.31)
130 215 295 400 120 215 250 285 130 100 180 300 450 230 320 405 75 155 225 365 480 115 225 330 175 240 300
(0.58) (0.96) (1.31) (1.78) (0.53) (0.96) (1.11) (1.27) (0.58) (0.44) (0.80) (1.33) (2.00) (1.02) (1.42) (1.80) (0.33) (0.69) (1.00) (1.62) (2.14) (0.51) (1.00) (1.47) (0.78) (1.07) (1.33)
95 120 120 260 145 200 210 180 250 325 85 160 115 205 280 120 195 285
(0.42) (0.53) (0.53) (1.16) (0.64) (0.89) (0.93)
(0.80) (1.11) (1.45)
(0.38) (0.71) (0.51) (0.91) (1.25) (0.53) (0.87) (1.27)
245 330 375 430 265 315 405 415 165 200 405 515 625 240 400 500 175 255 320 420 450 155 340 385 585 185 280 295
(1.09) (1.47) (1.67) (191) (1.18) (1.40) (1.80) (1.85) (0.73) (0.89) (1.80) (2.29) (2.78) (1.07) (1.78) (2.22) (0.78) (1.13) (1.42) (1.87) (2.00) (0.69) (1.51) (1.71) (2.60) (0.82) (1.25) (1.31)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (page 21) shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep. 4 DS fasteners installed at 1-1/2" embedment through steel deck into the lower flute must be installed at a minimum distance of 6" from the edge of the floor deck. 5 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length of 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All other X-ZF fasteners for concrete have shank diameters of 0.138". 6 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 7 Available in Canada or by special order.
Allowable Loads Into Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete Over 1-1/2" Deep, B-Type Steel Deck 1, 5
Fastener Description Shank Diameter in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Fastener Location Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 2, 3 Tension lb (kN) Shear Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Fastener
Universal Knurled Shank Fastener Standard Fastener Gas Fastener
X-U* X-ZF4 X-GN
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) & 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0)
3/4 1 3/4 1 3/4 1
(19) (25) (19) (25) (19) (25)
95 125 80 205 75 155
(0.42) (0.56) (0.36) (0.91) (0.33) (0.69)
95 125 80 205 85 160
(0.42) (0.56) (0.36) (0.91) (0.38) (0.71)
370 415 315 445 175 255
(1.65) (1.85) (1.40) (1.98) (0.78) (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria 2 Steel deck profiles are 1-1/2" deep, B-type deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358" thick steel). Fasteners may be installed through the metal deck into lightweight concrete having both nominal & inverted deck profile orientations with a minimum lower flute width of 1-3/4" or 3-1/2", respectively. Fasteners shall be placed at centerline of deck flutes. Refer to Figures 2 & 3 (page 21) for additional flute dimensions, fastener locations, and load orientations for both deck profiles. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum 2-1/2" deep. 4 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length of 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All other X-ZF fasteners for concrete have shank diameters of 0.138". 5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. * More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found on page 37.

Allowable Loads in Concrete Masonry Units 1,2,3,4,5,11
Hollow CMU
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Face Shell6 Embedment Tension Shear in. (mm) lb lb (kN) (kN)
Mortar Joint Face Shell6
Grout-Filled CMU
Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Tension Shear7 lb lb (kN) (kN)
Tension Shear Tension Shear 7 Tension Shear 9 lb lb lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners Standard Fastener Limited Purpose Fastener Gas Fastener
X-U* X-ZF10 X-CF
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) & 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
X-GN
0.118 (3.0)
Universal Fastener Knob Head Fastener

1
X-DNI X-NK12
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1 (25) 1 (25)
70 (0.31) 40 (0.18) 30 (0.13) 90 (0.40) 115 (0.51) 40 (0.18) 40 (0.18)
85 (0.38) 85 (0.38) 65 (0.29) 115 (0.51) 130 (0.58) 90 (0.40) 90 (0.40)
25 (0.11) 25 (0.11) 25 (0.11) 65 (0.29) 70 (0.31) 35 (0.16) 35 (0.16)
70 (0.31) 50 (0.22) 50 (0.22) 55 (0.24) 65 (0.29) 60 (0.27) 60 (0.27)
225 (1.00) 100 (0.44) 95 (0.42) 130 (0.58) 90 (0.40) 90 (0.40)
220 (0.98) 105 (0.47) 120 (0.53) 140 (0.62) 130 (0.58) 130 (0.58)
150 (0.67) 45 (0.20) 70 (0.31) 85 (0.38) 40 (0.18) 40 (0.18)
190 (0.85) 80 (0.36) 85 (0.38) 120 (0.53) 65 (0.29) 65 (0.29)
165 (0.73) 115 (0.51) 65 (0.29) 75 (0.33)
240 (1.07) 175 (0.78) 90 (0.40) 95 (0.42)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. 3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N or S. 4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout. 5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. 6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joint as shown in the figure to the right. 7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. 8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. 9 Shear can be in any direction. 10 X-ZF fasteners with a shank length 2-7/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". All other X-ZF fasteners for masonry have shank diameters of 0.138". 11 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 12 Available in Canada or by special order.
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Concrete Masonry Unit (CMU)
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for PowerActuated Fasteners in CMU Walls
Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with Power Driven Fasteners1,2,3,4
Head Dia.
in. (mm)
Sheet Steel Thickness

14 ga.
Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
Fastener Description
Fastener
16 ga.
18 ga.
20 ga.
22 ga.
24 ga.
25/26 ga.
0.157 shank with or w/o plastic washers or MX collation 0.145 shank with or w/o plastic washers or MX collation 0.177 shank without washer 0.145 shank with plastic Top Hat washers 0.118" shank with MX collation 0.177 shank without washer
0.322 (8.2) X-ZF X-DNI , 0.322 X-EDNI, X-CR (8.2) DS 0.390 EDS (10.0) 0.322 X-S13 THP (8.2) X-EGN 0.276 X-GN (7.0) 0.322 X-AL-H (8.2) X-U*
825 (3.67) 965 (4.29)
1,085 (4.83) 985 (4.38) 1,085 (4.83) 985 (4.38) 1,085 (4.83)
685 (3.05) 685 (3.05) 810 (3.60) 685 (3.05) 685 (3.05)
720 (3.20) 720 (3.20) 815 (3.63) 720 (3.20) 750 (3.34)
490 (2.18) 490 (2.18) 625 (2.78) 490 (2.18) 325 (1.45) 490 (2.18)
525 (2.34) 515 (2.29) 535 (2.38) 515 (2.29) 390 (1.73) 535 (2.38)
360 (1.60) 360 (1.60) 460 (2.05) 360 (1.60) 265 (1.18) 360 (1.60)
445 (1.98) 440 (1.96) 465 (2.07) 440 (1.96) 335 (1.49) 465 (2.07)
300 (1.33) 300 (1.33) 360 (1.60) 300 (1.33) 250 (1.11) 300 (1.33)
330 (1.47) 310 (1.38) 350 (1.56) 310 (1.38) 235 (1.05) 350 (1.56)
205 (0.91) 205 (0.91) 300 (1.33) 205 (0.91) 170 (0.76) 205 (0.91)
255 (1.13) 235 (1.05) 260 (1.16) 235 (1.05) 185 (0.82) 260 (1.16)
120 (0.53) 120 (0.53) 240 (1.07) 120 (0.53) 100 (0.44) 120 (0.53)
145 (0.64) 145 (0.64) 180 (0.80) 145 (0.64) 125 (0.56) 180 (0.8)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to the allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 3 Allowable shear bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy=33 ksi, Fu=45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).

Allowable Loads in minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi, Fu 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,7,8
Fastener Description Universal Knurled Shank Standard Smooth Shank Standard Smooth Shank Heavy Duty Knurled Shank Heavy Duty Smooth Shank Stainless Steel Smooth Shank Stepped-Shank Knurling-Lengthwise Drywall Track Smooth Shank Universal Knurled Shank Fastener X-U9 X-S13 X-ZF EDS5 DS X-CR X-CR11 X-DAK10 X-EGN12 X-EGN11,12 X-EDNI3 Shank Diameter
in. (mm)
Steel Thickness (in.)

1/8 6 3/16
Shear lb (kN)
1/4
3/8
1/2
Tension Shear Tension lb (kN)6 lb (kN)6 lb (kN)
Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/4
0.157 (4.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.138 (3.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
140 300 (0.62) (1.33) 120 390 (0.53) (1.73) 305 530 (1.36) (2.36)
300 210 (1.33) (0.93) 170 390 (0.76) (1.73) 140 270 (0.62) (1.20)
95 235 (0.42) (1.05) 140 295 (0.62) (1.31)
535 (2.38) 300 (1.33) 140 (0.62) 330 (1.47) 395 (1.76) 485 (2.16) 630 (2.80) 185 (0.82) 220 (0.98) 220 (0.98) 225 (1.00)
720 (3.20) 450 (2.00) 465 (2.07) 665 (2.96) 795 (3.54) 480 (2.14) 510 (2.27) 405 (1.80) 275 (1.22) 315 (1.40) 555 (2.47)
775 (3.45) 300 (1.33) 370 (1.65) 665 (2.96) 620 (2.76) 700 (3.11) 850 (3.78) 260 (1.16) 225 (1.00) 260 (1.16) 675 (3.00)
720 (3.20) 450 (2.00) 540 (2.40) 935 (4.16) 855 (3.80) 560 (2.49) 560 (2.49) 420 (1.87) 320 (1.42) 375 (1.67) 620 (2.76)
935 720 900 720 350 375 (4.16) (3.20) (4.00) (3.20) (1.56) (1.67) 300 450 (1.33) (2.00)
800 970 890 995 400 655 (3.56) (4.31) (3.96) (4.43) (1.78) (2.91) 775 855 800 895 (3.45) (3.80) (3.56) (3.98) 265 (1.18) 495 (2.20) 280 (1.25) 280 (1.25) 750 (3.34)
395 265 395 (1.76) (1.18) (1.76) 555 400 570 400 570 (2.47) (1.78) (2.54) (1.78) (2.54) 375 (1.67) 400 (1.78) 660 635 605 260 385 (2.94) (2.82) (2.69) (1.16) (1.71)
Heavy Duty Smooth Shank
X-AL-H4,5
0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5)
240 685 480 715 645 745 (1.07) (3.05) (2.14) (3.18) (2.87) (3.31)
Knob Head Nail Knurled Shank

1 2 3 4
X-ENK13
0.145 (3.7)
685 970 145 600 (3.05) (4.31) (0.64) (2.67) 225 555 535 620 620 660 590 605 (1.00) (2.47) (2.38) (2.76) (2.76) (2.94) (2.62) (2.69)
5 6 7 8 9
10 11 12 13
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with page 24, except as noted in this table. X-EDNI fasteners installed into greater than 1/2" thick steel require 7/16" minimum penetration. X-AL-H testing was performed with Fy = 50 ksi base material. X-AL-H fasteners with a shank length of 5/8" have a shank diameter of 0.145". X-AL-H fasteners with shank lengths of 3/4" & 7/8" have shank diameters of 0.157". X-AL-H fasteners with shank lengths greater than or equal to 1" have a shank diameter of 0.177". X-AL-H and EDS fasteners installed into greater than 1/2" thick steel require 1/2" minimum penetration. Except for the X-EDNI and X-ZF fasteners, testing in 1/8" thick steel was performed with Fy = 50 ksi base material. Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability. Refer to guidelines for fastening to steel, page 24, for application limits. Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated tension value should be reduced by 20 percent and the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent. X-DAK fasteners installed into greater than 3/8" thick steel require 3/8" minimum penetration. The allowable tension and shear values for 3/4" or thicker steel is based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. Based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. X-EGN fasteners installed into 3/8" or thicker base steel require 0.320" minimum penetration depth. Available in Canada or by special order.
General Application Fasteners Ordering Information

Carbon Steel Non-Collated (without pre-mounted steel washer)
Fastener Description Fastener Lengths in. (mm) Fastener Shank in. (mm) Washer
Concrete and Steel X-U P8* X-U P8 TH* Concrete DS P10 X-ZF P8 X-ZF THP X-DNI P8 Steel X-S13 THP EDS P10 X-EDNI P8
5/8 to 2-7/8 (16 to 72) 5/8, 3/4, 1 (16, 19, 27) 1 to 4-5/8 (27 to 117) 1 to 2-1/2 (19 to 62) 3/4 (20) 3/4 to 4-5/8 (19 to 117) 1/2 (13) 3/4, 7/8 (19, 22) 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 (16, 19, 22)
Fastener Lengths in. (mm)
0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.145 (3.7)
Fastener Shank in. (mm)
8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic and metal tophat 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic tophat 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic tophat 10 mm plastic 8 mm plastic
Carbon Steel Collated (without pre-mounted steel washer)

Washer
Concrete and Steel X-U MX* Concrete X-ZF MX X-GN MX X-GHP MX X-DNI MX Steel X-S13 MX X-EGN MX X-EDNI MX
5/8 to 2-7/8 (16 to 72) 1 to 2-1/2 (27 to 62) 3/4 to 1-5/8 (20 to 39) 11/16, 3/4 (18, 20) 3/4 to 2-7/8 (19 to 72) 1/2 (13) 1/2 (14) 5/8, 3/4, 7/8 (16, 19, 22)
0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0) 0.145 (3.7)
Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated
Carbon Steel Non-Collated (with pre-mounted steel washer)

Washer
Concrete and Steel X-U P8 S15* X-U P8 S36* Concrete X-ZF P8 S23 X-ZF P8 S36 X-ZF P8 S36 X-DNI P8 S15 X-DNI P8 S36 X-CF P8 S23 X-NK S12** Steel X-ENK S12**
1, 1-1/4 (27, 32) 1-1/4, 2-7/8 (32, 72) 1 to 1-7/8 (27 to 47) 1-1/2, 2, 2-1/2 (37, 52, 62) 2-7/8 (72) 1, 1-1/4 (27, 32) 1-1/4, 2-7/8 (32, 72) 2-7/8 (72) 7/8 to 2-7/8 (22 to 72) 5/8, 3/4 (16, 19)
0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
8 mm plastic and 15 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 23 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 23 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 36 mm steel 12 mm steel 12 mm steel
SAE 316 Stainless Steel Non-Collated (with and without pre-mounted steel washer)
Washer
Concrete and Steel X-CR P8 X-CR P8 X-CR P8 S12 X-CR P8 S12 Steel X-CR P8 X-CR S12
11/16 to 1-9/16 (18 to 39) 1-3/4, 2-1/8 (44, 54) 1-9/16 (39) 1-3/4 (44) 9/16, 5/8 (14, 16) 5/8 (16)
0.145 (3.7) 0.157 (4.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.157 (4.0) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic and 12 mm steel 8 mm plastic and 12 mm steel 8 mm plastic 12 mm steel
Carbon Steel Removable and Clip Fasteners

Washer
Forming Nail SL DP8 Rebar Basket Clip BC ZF P8T
1-3/4, 1-7/8, 2-7/16 (44, 47, 62) 7/8, 1-1/2, 1-7/8, 2-7/16 (22, 37, 47, 62)
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.5)
Double 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic & rebar basket clip
* More details about the new innovative X-U fastener can be found on page 37. ** Available in Canada or by special order.
X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners Product Description

The Hilti X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener is designed as a high performance solution to simplify powder-actuated fastener selection. The X-U is one fastener type that performs equally well on both high and standard strength concrete and steel. To help ensure reliable fastenings, the X-U fastener is match toleranced to all Hilti powder-actuated tools using 8 mm fastener guides and drive pistons through an 8 mm nail head diameter and an 8 mm plastic guidance washer set near the nail tip. The X-U program also includes fasteners with premounted steel washers of 15 mm or 36 mm diameters. Product Features A 0.157" shank diameter for high performance in both tension and shear applications Unique knurling design offering higher pullout strength and anchorage in concrete and steel Full range of fasteners in single or collated configurations to maximize productivity No requirement for unique drive pistons or special equipment
NEW
Listings/Approvals
Fastener Designation X-U
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III.
Fastener Material Carbon Steel
Fastener Plating 5 m Zinc1
Fastener Hardness 58 HRC
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2269 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25675
Technical Data
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1
Shank Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Embedment in. (mm) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) 2000 psi Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 165 (0.73) 190 (0.85) 240 (1.07) 310 (1.38) 275 (1.22) 420 (1.87) Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 100 (0.44) 125 (0.57) 170 (0.76) 225 (1.00) 280 (1.25) 310 (1.38) 325 (1.45) 420 (1.87) 6000 psi Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 105 (0.47) 205 (0.91) 110 (0.49) 280 (1.25) 180 (0.80) 425 (1.89)
Fastener
X-U
0.157 (4.0)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete Using DX-Kwik1,2

Shank Diameter in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) Minimum Embedment in. (mm) 1-1/2 (38) Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi 6000 psi Tension Shear Tension lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 395 (1.76) 405 (1.80) 360 (1.60)
Fastener
Shear lb (kN) 570 (2.54)
X-U 47 P8 w/DX-Kwik
1 X-U Fastener is installed using the DX-Kwik drilled pilot hole installation procedure shown on page 23. 2 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria.
X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners

Allowable Loads in fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4
Fastener Location Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 3 Inch Deep 1-1/2 Inch Deep Composite Floor Deck 2 Composite Floor Deck 3 Tension lb (kN) Shear Tension lb (kN) Shear
Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Fastener
Installed into Concrete Shank Minimum Diameter Embedment in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 0.157 (4.0) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (38) Tension
lb (kN)
Shear
lb (kN)
X-U
125 (0.56) 205 (0.91) 315 (1.40) 425 (1.89)
115 (0.51) 260 (1.16) 435 (1.93) 475 (2.11)
130 (0.58) 215 (0.96) 295 (1.31) 400 (1.78)
95 (0.42) 120 (0.53) 120 (0.53) 260 (1.16)
245 (1.09) 330 (1.47) 375 (1.67) 430 (1.91)
95 (0.42) 125 (0.56)
95 (0.42) 125 (0.56)
370 (1.65) 415 (1.85)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile for the 3" deep composite floor deck has a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum Fy of 33 ksi. Lower and upper flute width must be a minimum of 4-1/2". Figure 1 on page 21 shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck profile. Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of steel deck must be minimum 3-1/4". 3 The steel deck profile for the 1-1/2" deep composite floor deck has a minimum thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358") and a minimum Fy of 33 ksi. Lower flute and upper flute widths must be a minimum of 1-3/4" and 3-1/2", respectively. This deck may also be inverted as shown in Figure 3 on page 21. Figures 2 and 3 on page 21 show the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations and load orientations for the deck profile. Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of steel deck must be minimum 2-1/2". 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Hollow CMU Fastener Shank Minimum Face Shell 6 Tension lb (kN) 70 (0.31) Shear lb (kN) 85 (0.38) Mortar Joint 6 Tension lb (kN) 25 (0.11) Shear7 lb (kN) 70 (0.31) Face Shell 6 Tension lb (kN) 225 (1.00) Shear lb (kN) 220 (0.98) Grout-Filled CMU Mortar Joint 6 Tension lb (kN) 150 (0.67) Shear7 lb (kN) 190 (0.85) Top of Grouted Cell 8 Tension lb (kN) 165 (0.73) Shear9 lb (kN) 240 (1.07)
Diameter Embedment in. (mm) X-U 1 0.157 (4.0) in. (mm) 1 (25)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener into concrete masonry units only, using a safety factor equal to or greater than 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type S. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476. No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joints as shown in the figure to the right. Shear load direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. Shear load can be in any direction in top of grouted cell application.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners in CMU Walls
Allowable Loads in minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,4

Steel Thickness in. Shank 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/4 3 Fastener Diameter Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) X-U 0.157 (4.0) 535 (2.38) 720 (3.20) 775 (3.45) 720 (3.20) 935 (4.16) 720 (3.20) 900 (4.00) 720 (3.20) 350 (1.56) 375 (1.67)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material, except as noted. 3 Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated tension value should be reduced by 20 percent and the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent.
10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with X-U Powder-Actuated Fasteners 1,2,3,4
Sheet Steel Thickness Fastener Head Description Fastener Dia. 14 ga. 16 ga. 18 ga. 20 ga. Tension Shear lb lb (kN) (kN) 22 ga. Tension lb (kN) 24 ga. 25/26 ga.
Tension lb in. (mm) (kN)
Shear Tension Shear Tension Shear lb lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Shear Tension lb lb (kN) (kN)
Shear Tension Shear lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN)
0.157"shank with or w/o plastic washers or MX collation
X-U
0.322 (8.2)
825 (3.67)
1,085 (4.83)
685 (3.05)
720 (3.20)
490 (2.18)
525 (2.34)
360 (1.60)
445 (1.98)
300 (1.33)
330 (1.47)
205 (0.91)
255 (1.13)
120 (0.53)
145 (0.64)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 supplement. 2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 3 Allowable shear load bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy = 33 ksi, Fu = 45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).
Fastener Description X-U 16 X-U 19 X-U 22 X-U 27 X-U 32 X-U 37 X-U 42 X-U 47 X-U 52 X-U 57 X-U 62 X-U 72 Fastener Description X-U 27 P8 S15 X-U 32 P8 S15 X-U 32 P8 S36 X-U 72 P8 S36 Fastener Description X-U 16 P8 TH X-U 19 P8 TH X-U 27 P8 TH Fastener Length in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (37) 1-5/8 (42) 1-7/8 (47) 2 (52) 2-1/8 (57) 2-1/2 (62) 2-7/8 (72) Fastener Length in. (mm) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/4 (32) 2-7/8 (72) Fastener Length in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 (27) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) Washer Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Plastic 8 mm or collated Washer Steel 15 mm Steel 15 mm Steel 36 mm Steel 36 mm Washer 8 mm plastic & metal tophat 8 mm plastic & metal tophat 8 mm plastic & metal tophat Packaging Qty 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box Packaging Qty 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box Packaging Qty 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box 100 pcs / box
Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners

Application Description Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Ordering Information
Application Description
Perimeter wall applications as part of curtain walls and bypass balloon framing are common in steel and metal framed structures. Light gauge steel framing and track encompass the Perimeter Wall Track Applications outside perimeter of the building. Steel track is fastened directly or with other cold-formed steel components to steel framing members or to concrete slab edges.
X-U
DS
EDS
Deflection Slip Clip Connections
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2269 (X-U) ESR-1663 (DS, EDS) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25675 (X-U) RR 25646 (DS, EDS)
Product Description
X-U The Hilti X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener is designed as a high performance solution to simplify powder-actuated fastener selection. The X-U is one fastener type that performs equally well on both high and standard strength concrete and steel. Refer to page 37 for additional information on the X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener. DS/EDS The DS series fastener is a high performance fastener of 0.177" shank diameter suitable for both concrete and steel applications. It is offered in a single fastener version only with a 10 mm dome head design and a 10 mm guidance washer. Available lengths are 1" through 4-5/8". EDS fasteners have knurled shanks intended for use with steel base materials and are available in lengths of 3/4" and 7/8". The DS/EDS fasteners are intended only for cases where a 0.177" diameter shank specification is mandated.
Fastener Designation X-U Universal Knurled Shank Fastener DS/EDS Heavy Duty Fasteners
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
Fastener Plating1 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
Perimeter Wall Application Fasteners Technical Data

Perimeter Wall Track Applications
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
2-1/4" 3" 3-5/8"
Figure 1 - 3-5/8" Track - 1 Fastener
Figure 2 - 3-5/8" Track - 2 Fasteners
2-1/4" 6" 6"
2-1/4"
2-1/4" 4-1/2" 6" 6"
2-1/4" 4-1/2"
Figure 3 - 6" Track - 1 Fastener

2-1/4" 6" 6" 6" 2-1/4" 2-1/4" 4-1/2" 6"
Figure 4 - 6" Track - 2 Fasteners

2-1/4" 4-1/2"
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to 4000 psi Normal Weight Concrete 1,2,3,4,5,6
Fastener Decription Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Fastener Length in. (mm) Track Width in.7 Number of Fasteners Shear lb (kN)
3-5/8 1 (27) Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners X-U 0.157 (4.0) 1-1/4 (32) 6 3-5/8 1 (27) Heavy Duty Fasteners DS 0.177 (4.5) 1-1/4 (32) 6 6 3-5/8 6 3-5/8
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
225 (1.00) 450 (2.00) 225 (1.00) 450 (2.00) 275 (1.22) 275 (1.22) 620 (2.76) 240 (1.07) 410 (1.82) 240 (1.07) 480 (2.14) 350 (1.56) 350 (1.56)
1 Allowable loads were developed from testing the low-velocity fasteners with 16 gauge 33 ksi minimum steel track. A safety factor greater than or equal to 5.0 was used in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel track members not meeting the specification noted must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 3 Spacing and edge distance constraints are as noted in Figure 1-4 at the top of this page. 4 Allowable shear load values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete. 5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 6 Minimum edge distance of 2-1/4" cannot be decreased. Closer edge distances can result in edge breakout failure of the base material during installation. As a result, fasteners are offset from the center line of the track. 7 SSMA track designation for 3-5/8" track is 362T 150-54 and for 6" track is 600T 150-54.

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to 3000 psi Lightweight Concrete 1,2,3,4,5,6
Fastener Decription Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Fastener Length in. (mm) Track Width in.7 Number of Fasteners Shear lb (kN)
3-5/8 1 (27) 6 Universal Knurled Shank Fasteners X-U 0.157 (4.0) 3-5/8 1-1/4 (32) 6 3-5/8 1-1/2 (37) 6 3-5/8 1 (27) 6 Heavy Duty Fasteners DS 0.177 (4.5) 3-5/8 1-1/4 (32) 6 3-5/8 1-1/2 (37) 6
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
260 (1.16) 490 (2.18) 260 (1.16) 520 (2.31) 350 (1.56) 465 (2.07) 350 (1.56) 720 (3.20) 295 (1.31) 465 (2.07) 295 (1.31) 755 (3.36) 205 (0.91) 395 (1.76) 205 (0.91) 720 (3.20) 225 (1.00) 370 (1.65) 225 (1.00) 595 (2.65) 215 (0.96) 370 (1.65) 215 (0.96) 590 (2.62)
1 Allowable loads were developed from testing the low-velocity fasteners with 16 gauge 33 ksi minimum steel track. A safety factor greater than or equal to 5.0 was used in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel members not meeting the specification noted must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 3 Spacing and edge distance constraints are as noted in Figures 1-4 at the top of the previous page. 4 Allowable shear load values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete. 5 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment. 6 Minimum edge distance of 2-1/4" cannot be decreased. Closer edge distances can result in edge breakout failure of the base material during installation. As a result, fasteners are offset from the center line of the track. 7 SSMA track designation for 3-5/8" track is 362T 150-54 and for 6" track is 600T 150-54.
1/2"
1/2" 1"
1/2"
1"
1/2"
Figure 5 3-5/8" or 6" Track 1 Fastener
Figure 6 3-5/8" or 6" Track 2 Fasteners
Allowable Shear Loads for Attachment of Perimeter Track to Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; FU 58 ksi) Steel, lb (kN)1,2,3,4
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Number of Fasteners Steel Thickness (in.) 3/16 1/4 3/8 1/2 3/45
Universal Knurled Shank
X-U
0.157 (4.0)
1 2 1 2
Heavy Duty Knurled Shank
EDS
0.177 (4.5)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 665 (2.96) 1330 (5.92)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 935 (4.16) 1870 (8.32)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 970 (4.31) 1940 (8.62)
720 (3.20) 1440 (6.40) 995 (4.43) 1990 (8.86)
375 (1.67) 750 (3.34) 655 (2.91) 1310 (5.82)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material, except as noted. 3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability. 4 The minimum edge distance for fastening into steel is 1/2". Minimum spacing for fastening into steel without reduction in performance is 1". 5 Tabulated allowable load values provided for 3/4" steel are based upon minimum point penetration of 1/2". If 1/2" point penetration is not achieved, but a point penetration of at least 3/8" is obtained, the tabulated shear load should be reduced by 8 percent.

Deflection Slip Clip Connections
Figure 7 Normal Weight Concrete
Figure 8 Lightweight Concrete with Pour Stop
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Cold-Formed Steel Deflection Slip Clips with X-U Universal Powder-Actuated Fasteners 3,4,5,6,7,8,9
Clip Type Fastener Number of Fasteners Normal Weight Concrete Allowable Load 1 lb (kN) Lightweight Concrete with Pour Stop Allowable Load 2 lb (kN) Location of Fasteners
2 Verticlip SLB600 (14 GA.) X-U 27 3 4 2 WSC 950 (16 GA.) X-U 27 3 4 2 X-U 27 3 2 X-U 27 3
WSC 1500 (12 GA.)
FCSC (14 GA.)
160 (0.71) 245 (1.09) 330 (1.47) 125 (0.56) 145 (0.64) 220 (0.98) 90 (0.40) 185 (0.82) 140 0.62) 290 (1.29)
160 (0.71) 245 (1.09) 380 (1.69) 155 (069) 275 (1.22) 275 (1.22) 130 (0.58) 235 (1.05) 170 (0.76) 320 (1.42)
1 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 7 above for attachment of deflection slip clip to 4000 psi Normal Weight Concrete Slab. 2 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 8 above for attachment of deflection slip clip to 3000 psi Lightweight Concrete Slab with 12 GA. sheet steel pour stop with minimum yield strength (Fy) of 33 ksi. 3 Testing based on deflection slip clips obtained in February 2007. Subsequent changes by the manufacturer to the deflection slip clip design may affect load values. 4 Allowable values are for fasteners installed in concrete having the designated compressive strength at the time of installation. 5 Allowable values are based off of the fixtures tested. Steel members connected to the deflection slip clips must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 6 Spacing of fasteners are subsequent to the design of each deflection slip clip and the location of any pre-drilled holes. 7 For edge distance and base material thickness requirements, reference page 20. 8 Allowable values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the concrete. 9 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Figure 9 - Steel Allowable Loads for Attachment of Cold-Formed Steel Deflection Slip Clips with X-U Universal Powder-Actuated Fasteners to Minimum ASTM A36 Steel 1,2,3,4,5,6,7
Clip Type Fastener Number of Fasteners Allowable Load lb (kN) Location of Fasteners
2 Verticlip SLB600 (14 GA.) X-U 16 3 4 2 WSC 950 (16 GA.) X-U 16 3 4 2 WSC 1500 (12 GA.) X-U 16 3 4 2 FCSC (14 GA.) X-U 16 3 4
445 (1.98) 895 (3.98) 1270 (5.65) 280 (1.25) 335 (1.49) 480 (2.14) 610 (2.71) 695 (3.09) 820 (3.65) 595 (2.65) 780 (3.47) 875 (3.89)
1 Allowable load based on a safety factor of 5.0 in direction shown in Figure 9. 2 Testing based on deflection slip clips developed in February 2007. Subsequent changes by the deflection slip clip manufacturer to the clip design may affect load values. 3 Allowable values are based off of the connections tested. Steel members connected to the deflection slip clips must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 4 Spacing of the fasteners depends on the specific deflection slip clip and location of pre-drilled holes in the deflection slip clip. 5 For edge distance and base material thickness requirements reference page 21. 6 Allowable values are for loads applied perpendicular to the edge of the steel base member. 7 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Fastener Description X-U 16 P8TH X-U 19 P8TH X-U 27 P8TH X-U 32 EDS 19 P10 EDS 22 P10 DS 27 P10 DS 32 P10 Fastener Length in. (mm) 5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 3/4 (19) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) Shank in. (mm) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) Washer Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 8mm or collated Plastic 10mm Plastic 10mm Plastic 10mm Plastic 10mm Packaging Quantity 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box 100 pcs/box
Drywall Track Fastening Systems Product Description

Hilti offers both powder-actuated and gas-actuated systems for attaching drywall track to concrete or steel. Powder-actuated fastening systems typically have more power than gasactuated fastening systems allowing for higher application limits with various base materials. Powder-actuated fasteners range in length from 1/2" to 2-1/2" for a wide variety of applications such as drywall track or attaching 2x4's. Gas-actuated fastening systems are focused on high volume repetitive fastenings such as drywall track to standard strength concrete or steel (1/2" to 1-5/8" fastener length). Product Features Powder-actuated fasteners: Shank diameters* of 0.145", 0.118", 0.138" or 0.157" are available providing a variety of solutions depending on application requirements. Knurled shank fasteners available for steel applications. Full range of fasteners either collated or in single fastener configurations to maximize productivity. Collated Track Fasteners for Steel Collated Track Fasteners for Concrete
Gas-actuated fasteners: Shank diameter of 0.118" provides ease of penetration in concrete and steel. Collated fastener offering for high productivity in high volume applications. Ideally suited for interior (drywall track), non-load bearing, nonstructural framing applications in concrete or steel.
Track Fastener with Metal "Top Hat" Washer
Track Fastener with Plastic "Top Hat" Washer
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1752 (X-GN & X-EGN) ESR-1663 (X-S16, X-DAK, X-DW, X-ZF 22 P8TH & X-ZF 20 THP) COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25662 (X-GN & X-EGN) RR 25646 (X-S16, X-DAK, X-DW, X-ZF 22 P8TH & X-ZF 20 THP)
Fastener Designation* X-S13 THP X-S16 X-DAK X-DW X-ZF X-GN X-GHP X-EGN
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel
5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
Fastener Plating1 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc 5 m Zinc
Base Material Steel Steel Steel Concrete, Masonry or Steel Concrete or Masonry Concrete or Masonry High-Strength Concrete Steel
Powder-Actuated or Gas-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Powder-Actuated Gas-Actuated Gas-Actuated Gas-Actuated
* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in previous sections.
Drywall Track Fastening Systems Technical Data

Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete1,2
Description Fastener Shank Min. Diameter* Embedment
in. (mm) in. (mm)
2000 psi
Concrete Compressive Strength 4000 psi
6000 psi
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN ) Tension lb ( kN ) Shear lb ( kN )
Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-ZF 22 P8TH X-DW X-GN X-GHP
0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
3/4 5/8 3/4 3/4 1 5/8
(19) (16) (19) (19) (25) (16)
55 20 60 95 115
(0.24) (0.09) (0.27) (0.42) (0.51)
130 (0.58) 55 65 120 220 (0.24) (0.29) (0.53) (0.98)
90 (0.40) 45 90 95 115 (0.20) (0.40) (0.42) (0.51)
170 (0.76) 55 65 120 220 (0.24) (0.29) (0.53) (0.98)
50 (0.22)
100 (0.44)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Allowable Loads in Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4

Fastener Location Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Installed into Concrete Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN) Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3 Tension lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute Shear lb (kN)
Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-ZF 20 THP X-ZF 22 P8TH X-DW X-GN
0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
5/8 (16) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
55 (0.24) 110 (0.49) 100 165 115 170 (0.44) (0.73) (0.51) (0.76)
110 (0.49) 220 (0.98) 180 210 140 220 (0.80) (0.93) (0.62) (0.98)
55 (0.24) 120 (0.53) 70 (0.31) 165 (0.73) 75 (0.33) 155 (0.69)
60 (0.27) 35 (0.16) 110 (0.49) 85 (0.38) 160 (0.71)
110 (0.49) 260 (1.16) 170 270 175 255 (0.76) (1.20) (0.78) (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (page 21) shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Allowable Loads In Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete Over 1-1/2" Deep, B-Type Steel Deck1,4
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Fastener Location Installed Through Metal Deck into Concrete 2, 3 Tension lb (kN) Shear Upper Flute Lower Flute lb (kN)
Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Fastener Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-DW X-ZF 22 P8TH X-GN
0.118 (3.0) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0)
3/4 (19) 1 (25) 3/4 (19) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
105 (0.47) 210 (0.93) 90 (0.40) 75 (0.33) 155 (0.69)
65 (0.29) 185 (0.82) 110 (0.49) 85 (0.38) 160 (0.71)
315 (1.40) 350 (1.56) 295 (1.31) 175 (0.78) 255 (1.13)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Steel deck profiles are 1-1/2" deep, B-type deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Fasteners may be installed through the metal deck into lightweight concrete having both nominal & inverted deck profile orientations with a minimum lower flute width of 1-3/4" or 3-1/2", respectively. Fasteners shall be placed at centerline of deck flutes. Refer to Figures 2 & 3 (page 21) for additional flute dimensions, fastener locations, and load orientations for both deck profiles. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum 2-1/2" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Drywall Track Fastening Systems

Hollow CMU
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) Minimum Face Shell6 Embedment Tension Shear in. lb lb (mm) (kN) (kN)
Mortar Joint Face Shell 6
Grout-Filled CMU
Mortar Joint 6 Top of Grouted Cell 8
Tension Shear Tension Shear7 Tension Shear9 lb lb lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
Drywall Track Fastener
X-DW
0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Drywall Track Gas Fastener
X-GN
1 (25) 3/4 (19) 1 (25)
115 (0.51) 90 (0.40) 115 (0.51)
130 (0.58) 115 (0.51) 130 (0.58)
30 (0.13) 65 (0.29) 70 (0.31)
65 (0.29) 55 (0.24) 65 (0.29)
120 (0.53) 95 (0.42) 130 (0.58)
140 (0.62) 120 (0.53) 140 (0.62)
45 (0.20) 70 (0.31) 85 (0.38)
120 (0.53) 85 (0.38) 120 (0.53)
120 (0.53) 65 (0.29) 75 (0.33)
165 (0.73) 90 (0.40) 95 (0.42)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. 3 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N. 4 The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout. 5 No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. 6 Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell as shown in the figure to the right. 7 Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. 8 Fastener located in center of grouted cell installed vertically. 9 Shear can be in any direction. 10 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for Drywall Track Fasteners in CMU Walls
Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel 1,2,6,7

Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter* in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) Steel Thickness (in.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2
Tension lb (kN)
3/4
Shear lb (kN)
Standard Smooth Shank
X-S13
Stepped-Shank X-DAK4 Knurling-Lengthwise Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-S16 P8TH w/ Metal Top Hat Washer Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-DW X-EGN5 Drywall Track Smooth Shank X-EGN3,5
140 300 300 (0.62) (1.33) (1.33) 170 3 390 3 185 (0.76) (1.73) (0.82) 250 (1.11) 240 (1.07) 140 270 220 (0.62) (1.20) (0.98) 220 (0.98)
450 (2.00) 405 (1.80) 530 (2.36) 400 (1.78) 275 (1.22) 315 (1.40)
300 (1.33) 260 (1.16) 330 (1.47) 320 (1.42) 225 (1.00) 260 (1.16)
450 (2.00) 420 (1.87) 575 (2.56) 425 (1.89) 320 (1.42) 375 (1.67)
300 450 (1.33) (2.00) 495 555 400 570 400 3 570 3 (2.20) (2.47) (1.78) (2.54) (1.78) (2.54) 335 610 265 480 (1.49) (2.71) (1.18) (2.14)
280 375 (1.25) (1.67) 280 400 (1.25) (1.78)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be in investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Low-velocity fasteners shall be driven to where the point of the fastener penetrates the steel base material in accordance with page 24, except as noted in this table. 3 Based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. 4 X-DAK fasteners installed into 1/2" or thicker steel require 3/8" minimum penetration. The allowable tension and shear values for 3/4" or thicker steel is based on testing with Fy = 50 ksi base material. 5 X-EGN fasteners installed into 3/8" or thicker base steel require 0.320" minimum penetration depth. 6 Multiple fasteners are recommended for increased reliability. 7 Refer to guidelines for fastening to steel, page 24, for application limits.
* X-U Universal Powder-Actuated fasteners with 0.157" shank diameter are also available for drywall track fastening and are discussed in more detail in previous ections.
Drywall Track Fastening Systems

Allowable Tensile Pullover and Shear Bearing Load Capacities for Light Steel Framing with Power-Driven Fasteners 1, 2, 3, 4
Head Diameter in. 14 ga. 16 ga. (mm) Tension Shear Tension Shear
lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
Sheet Steel Thickness 18 ga.

Fastener
20 ga.
22 ga.
24 ga.
25/26 ga.
0.118" shank with Plastic Top Hat Washer 0.118" shank with MX collation 0.138" shank with Plastic Top Hat Washer 0.145" shank with Plastic Top Hat Washer 0.145" shank with Metal Top Hat Washer
X-DW THP X-DW X-EGN X-GN X-ZF 20 THP X-S13 THP X-S16 P8TH X-DAK16 P8TH
0.276 (7.0) 0.276 (7.0) 0.322 (8.2) 0.322 (8.2) 0.322 (8.2)
650 (2.89)
635 (2.82)
410 390 300 335 250 235 170 185 100 125 (1.82) (1.73) (1.33) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56) 325 390 265 335 250 235 170 185 100 125 (1.45) (1.73) (1.18) (1.49) (1.11) (1.05) (0.76) (0.82) (0.44) (0.56)
860 (3.83) 985 (4.38)
685 715 490 465 360 375 300 265 205 200 120 130 (3.05) (3.18) (2.18) (2.07) (1.60) (1.67) (1.33) (1.18) (0.91) (0.89) (0.53) (0.58) 685 720 490 515 360 440 300 310 205 235 120 145 (3.05) (3.20) (2.18) (2.29) (1.60) (1.96) (1.33) (1.38) (0.91) (1.05) (0.53) (0.64) 940 940 785 685 625 550 510 465 390 365 335 315 (4.18) (4.18) (3.49) (3.05) (2.78) (2.45) (2.27) (2.07) (1.73) (1.62) (1.49) (1.40)
1 Allowable load values are based on a safety factor of 3.0 in accordance with the AISI NASPEC, 2001 edition with 2004 Supplement. 2 Allowable pullover capacities of sheet steel should be compared to the allowable fastener tensile load capacities in concrete, steel, and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 3 Allowable shear bearing capacities of sheet steel should be compared to allowable fastener shear capacities in concrete, steel and masonry to determine controlling resistance load. 4 Data is based on the following minimum sheet steel properties, Fy = 33 ksi, Fu = 45 ksi (ASTM A 653 material).
Powder-Actuated (Concrete)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank * in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-ZF 20 THP X-ZF 22 TH X-ZF 20 MX X-DW 20 THP X-DW 20 MX
3/4 (20) 7/8 (22) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20)
0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.138 (3.5) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
8 mm plastic tophat 8 mm metal tophat Collated 8 mm plastic tophat Collated
1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box
Powder-Actuated (Steel)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank * in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-S13 THP X-S13 MX X-DAK 16 TH X-DAK 16 MX X-S16 TH
1/2 (13) 1/2 (13) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16) 5/8 (16)
0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7)
8 mm plastic tophat Collated 8 mm metal tophat Collated 8 mm metal tophat
100 or 1000 pcs/box 100 or 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box 1000 pcs/box
Gas-Actuated (Concrete)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-GN 20 MX X-GN 27 MX X-GN 32 MX X-GN 39 MX X-GHP 18 MX X-GHP 20 MX
3/4 (20) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (39) 11/16 (18) 3/4 (20)
0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0) 0.118 (3.0)
Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated Collated
750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box 750 pcs/box
Gas-Actuated (Steel)
Description Length in. (mm) Shank in. (mm) Washer Quantity
X-EGN 14 MX (steel)
1/2 (14)
0.118 (3.0)
Collated
750 pcs/box
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete Product Description

The Hilti threaded stud program is for use with Hilti powder-actuated tools to provide a fast and reliable solution for making attachments to concrete base material. Threaded studs are available in standard carbon steel or SAE 316 equivalent stainless steel for high corrosion resistance in order to meet a wide variety of application requirements. The X-W6 and W10 threaded studs have varying shank lengths to provide reliable fastenings to standard and high strength concrete. Thread diameters of 1/4" have thread lengths ranging from 1/2" through 1-1/2". The 3/8" thread diameter has a single thread length of 1-3/16".
Fastener Designation X-W6 W10 X-CR W6
1 ASTM B 633, SC1, Type III
Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 Equivalent
5 m Zinc1 N/A
5 m Zinc1
Fastener Plating
X-W6
X-CR W6
W10
Technical Data
Fastener Designation X-W6-11-22 X-W6-11-27 X-W6-20-22 X-W6-20-27 X-W6-38-27 X-CR W6-11-27 X-CR W6-22-27 W10-30-27 W10-30-32 W10-30-42 Thread Designation UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch Thread Length in. (mm) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 1-1/2 (38) 7/16 (11) 7/8 (22) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) Shank Length in. (mm) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (42)
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1663 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25646 FM (Factory Mutual) W10-30-27P10, W10-30-32P10 & W1030-42P10 Fasteners for Sprinkler Pipe Hangers UL (Underwriters Laboratories) W10-30-32P10 & W10-30-42P10, Fasteners for Sprinkler Pipe Hangers
Thread Length
Shank Length
Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete 1,2

Description Fastener Shank Diameter
in. (mm)
Min. Embedment
in. (mm)
Concrete Compressive Strength 2000 psi 4000 psi

Tension lb ( kN )
Shear lb ( kN )
Tension lb ( kN )
Shear lb ( kN )
1/420 Threaded Stud
X-W6
0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2)
3/816 Threaded Stud
W10
3/4 1 1 1-1/4 1-5/8
(19) (25) (25) (32) (41)
40 85 85 175 285
(0.18) (0.38) (0.38) (0.78) (1.27)
55 195 95 345 380
(0.24) (0.87) (0.42) (1.53) (1.69)
40 110 100 200 385
(0.18) (0.49) (0.44) (0.89) (1.71)
55 225 105 380 395
(0.24) (1.00) (0.47) (1.69) (1.76)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete

Allowable Loads in Minimum fc = 3000 psi Structural Lightweight Concrete1,4
Fastener Location Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Min. Embedment in. (mm) Installed into Concrete Tension lb (kN) Shear (kN) Installed through 3" deep Metal Deck into Concrete 2,3 Tension lb (kN) Upper Flute Lower Flute Shear lb lb (kN)
lb
1/420 Threaded Stud 3/816 Threaded Stud
X-W6
0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2)
W10
1 1-1/4 1-1/2 1 1-1/4 1-5/8
(25) (32) (38) (25) (32) (41)
175 240 300 265 280 445
(0.78) (1.07) (1.33) (1.18) (1.25) (1.98)
185 315 365 190 380 540
(0.82) (1.40) (1.62) (0.85) (1.69) (2.40)
175 240 300 160 160 455
(0.78) (1.07) (1.33) (0.71) (0.71) (2.02)
70 (0.31) 335 (1.49)
185 315 365 185 470 675
(0.82) (1.40) (1.62) (0.82) (2.09) (3.00)
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fasteners only, using a safety factor that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 The steel deck profile is 3" deep composite floor deck with a thickness of 20 gauge (0.0358"). Figure 1 (page 21) shows the nominal flute dimensions, fastener locations, & load orientations for the deck profile. 3 Structural lightweight concrete fill above top of metal deck shall be a minimum of 3-1/4" deep. 4 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.

Hollow CMU
Fastener Description Fastener Shank Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Face Shell6 Embedment Tension Shear in. lb lb (mm) (kN) (kN)
Mortar Joint6
Grout-Filled CMU
Face Shell6 Mortar Joint6
Tension Shear Tension Shear7 lb lb lb lb (kN) (kN) (kN) (kN)
1/420 Threaded Stud
X-W6
0.145 (3.7)
1 (25)
105 (0.47)
175 (0.78)
80 (0.36)
110 (0.49)
125 (0.56)
175 (0.78)
135 (0.60)
150 (0.67)
The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0 or higher. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90, Grade N, Type 1. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with mortar conforming to ASTM C 270, Type N. The tabulated allowable load values are for low-velocity fasteners installed in concrete masonry units with grout conforming to ASTM C 476, as coarse grout. No more than one low-velocity fastener may be installed in an individual concrete masonry unit cell. Fastener can be located anywhere on the face shell or mortar joint as shown in the figure to the right. Shear direction can be horizontal or vertical (Bed Joint or T-Joint) along the CMU wall plane. Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
T-Joint
Bed Joint
1"
1"
Acceptance Locations (NON-SHADED AREAS) for Threaded Studs in CMU Walls
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Concrete Installation Instructions
Tmax
Press tip of fastener to concrete base material. Drive fastener with Hilti powder-actuated tool.
Ensure proper threaded stud embedment.
Make attachment. Do not exceed Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax.
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Concrete, ft-lb (Nm)
X-W6 3.0 (4.0) Stud Type X-CR W6 3.0 (4.0) W10 4.5 (6.0)
Fastener Description X-W6-11-22 FP8 X-W6-11-27 FP8 X-W6-20-22 FP8 X-W6-20-27 FP8 X-W6-38-27 FP8 X-W6-11-22 D12 X-W6-20-22 D12 X-W6-20-27 D12 X-CR W6-11-22 FP8 X-CR W6-11-27 FP8 W10-30-27 P10 W10-30-32 P10 W10-30-42 P10 Shank Length in. (mm) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 7/8 (22) 1 (27) 1 (27) 1-1/4 (32) 1-5/8 (42) Shank in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.205 (5.2) 0.205 (5.2) 0.205 (5.2) Thread Length in. (mm) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 1-1/2 (38) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) 1-3/16 (30) Thread UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch UNC 3/8-inch Guidance Washer 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 10 mm plastic Packaging Quantity 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs
X-W6
X-CR W6
W10
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel

Product Description
The Hilti threaded stud program is for use with Hilti powder-actuated tools to provide a fast and reliable solution for making attachments to steel base material in lieu of through bolting, screw fastening, or stud welding. Threaded studs are available in SAE 316 stainless steel equivalent corrosion resistance or carbon steel to meet a wide range of application requirements when making fastenings to steel greater than or equal to 3/16. The X-EW6H, X-EM8H and X-EW10H threaded studs are hardened fasteners with a unique knurled shank design for improved penetration and high tension and shear values in ASTM A 36 and higher grades of steel. Thread diameters are 1/4, 3/8, and 8 mm with thread lengths ranging from 3/8" to 1-1/2".
X-EW6H X-EW10H X-EM8H X-CRM8 X-BT W10* X-BT M8*
Fastener Designation X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H Fastener Material Carbon Steel Carbon Steel Carbon Steel SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 SAE 316 Stainless Steel2 5 m Zinc1 5 m Zinc1 N/A N/A N/A 5 m Zinc1 Fastener Plating
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2347 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25684 FM (Factory Mutual) X-EW10H and X-EW6H UL (Underwriters Laboratories) X-EW10H and X-EW6H ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Lloyds Register
X-CRM8 X-BT M8* X-BT W10*
1 ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III 2 Equivalent corrosion resistance to SAE 316 stainless steel
Technical Data
Threaded Steel Stud Specification Table
Designation X-EW6H-11-9 X-EW6H-20-9 X-EW6H-28-9 X-EW6H-38-9 X-EM8H-15-12 X-CRM8-9-12 Thread Designation UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Thread Length Shank Length in. (mm) in. (mm) 7/16 (11) 3/4 (20) 1-1/8 (28) 1-1/2 (38) 5/8 (15) 1-3/16 (30) 3/8 (9) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 15/16 (24) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 1/2 (12) 9/16 (14) 1/2 (12) 1/2 (12) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) Threaded Stud Stand-Off, hNVS in. (mm) 3/8 1/2 ( 9.5 - 12.5) 23/32 27/32 ( 18.5 - 21.5) 1-1/16 1-5/32 (26.5 - 29.5) 1-7/16 1-9/16 (36.5 - 39.5) 5/8 3/4 (15.5 - 19.5) 1-3/32 1-7/32 (28.0 - 31.0) 7/16 19/32 (11.0 15.0) 5/8 25/32 (16.0 20.0) 5/8 11/16 (15.7 - 16.8) 1 1-1/16 (25.7 26.8)
Thread Length
hNVS
X-EW10H-30-14 UNC 3/8-inch X-CRM8-15-12 X-BT M8-15-6 *
Shank Length
Thread and Shank Length
Threaded Stud Stand-off (hNVS)
X-BT W10-24-6* UNC 3/8-inch
* Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are discussed in more detail on page 55.
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel

Allowable Loads in Minimum ASTM A 36 (Fy 36 ksi; Fu 58 ksi) Steel1,2,3
Stud Type Shank Diameter in. (mm) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.205 (5.2) 0.157 (4.0) 0.177 (4.5) 3/16 (4.8) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 500 360 (1.60) (2.22) Steel Thickness in. (mm) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 500 600 500 600 (2.22) (2.67) (2.22) (2.67) 700 700 700 700 (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) (3.11) 1000 1100 1100 970 (4.31) (4.45) (4.89) (4.89) 405 405 405 405 (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) (1.80) 245 425 405 585 (1.89) (1.80) (2.60) (1.09) 1/2 (12.7) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 500 600 (2.22) (2.67) 700 700 (3.11) (3.11) 1100 1100 (4.89) (4.89) 405 405 (1.80) (1.80) 405 585 (1.80) (2.60) 3/4 (19.1) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 800 (3.56) 405 (1.80) 800 (3.56) 585 (2.60)
X-EW6H X-EM8H X-EW10H X-CRM8 X-BT W10/M8*
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the low-velocity threaded studs only, using a factor of safety that is greater than or equal to 5.0, calculated in accordance with AC 70. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criteria. 2 Tabulated allowable load values based upon embedment in steel such that threaded stud stand-off, hNVS, complies with the Threaded Steel Stud Specification Table. 3 To prevent through penetration or damage to coatings on the base steel, a minimum base steel thickness of 5/16" is required for X-BT threaded studs. Load values provided for 3/8" base steel thickness are also valid for 5/16" base steel thickness. For further information, reference page 55.
Tmax hNVS
Press tip of fastener to steel material. Drive fastener with Hilti powderactuated tool.
Ensure proper threaded stud stand-off.
Make attachment. Do not exceed Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax.
Note: Installation instructions for innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are provided on page 57.
Maximum Tightening Torque, Tmax, for Threaded Studs Driven into Steel, ft-lb (Nm)
Stud Type X-EW6H 3.0 (4.1) X-EM8H 8.0 (10.8) X-EW10H 11.0 (14.9) X-CRM8 6.0 (8.1) X-BT W10* & X-BT M8* 6.0 (8.1)
*Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are installed with a Hilti DX-351BT powder-actuated tool and discussed in more detail on page 55.
Stud Fasteners for Attachment to Steel Ordering Information

Fastener Description X-EM8H-15-12P8 X-EM8H-15-12FP10 X-EW10H-30-14P10 X-EW6H-38-9FP8 X-EW6H-38-9FP12 X-EW6H-28-9FP8 X-EW6H-28-9FP12 X-EW6H-20-9FP8 X-EW6H-20-9FP12 X-EW6H-11-9FP8 X-EW6H-11-9FP12 X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R* X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R* X-CRM8-15-12-P8 X-CRM8-15-12-FP10 X-CRM8-9-12-P8 X-CRM8-9-12-FP10 Shank Length in. (mm) 12 (12) 12 (12) 9/16 (14) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 3/8 (9) 1/4 (6) 1/4 (6) 12 (12) 12 (12) 12 (12) 12 (12) Shank in. (mm) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.205 (5.2) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.145 (3.7) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) 0.177 (4.5) Thread Length in. (mm) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 1-3/16 (30) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/2 (38) 1-1/8 (28) 1-1/8 (28) 3/4 (20) 3/4 (20) 7/16 (11) 7/16 (11) 15/16 (24) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (15) 5/8 (9) 5/8 (9) Thread Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm UNC 3/8-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 1/4-inch UNC 3/8-inch Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Metric 8 mm Guidance Washer 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 12 mm plastic 12 mm steel 12 mm steel 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic 8 mm plastic 10 mm plastic Packaging Quantity 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs 100 pcs
X-EW6H, X-EW10H & X-EM8H
X-CRM8
X-BT W10* & X-BT M8*
* Innovative blunt-tip X-BT fasteners are discussed in more detail on page 55.
X-BT Fastening Systems Product Description

The Hilti X-BT fastening system is an innovative method of fastening to prepainted steel without damaging the surface coating. The system consists of a Hilti powder-actuated tool equipped with specially adapted fastener guides for use with X-BT threaded studs. The X-BT fasteners are stainless steel threaded studs available with thread diameters 8 mm & 3/8" (W10). The stud, with or without sealing washer, is cleanly set in a small pre-drilled hole in the base steel. The X-BT system is designed to work on carbon steels as thin as 5/16" (8 mm) without throughpenetration or damage to surface coatings eliminating time consuming surface preparation and rework (such as with welding). The larger W10 threaded fasteners can be used to support cable / conduit connectors and trays, piping, channels, instrumentation, lighting fixtures, signage, junction boxes, and other fastenings to steel. Product Features and Benefits Efficient: No through penetration of base material eliminating rework of the base steel coating. Fast: 100 studs per hour can be easily set by one user. Durable: Highly corrosion resistant A4 (SAE 316) stainless steel. Fusion to base steel resulting in high load capacities compared to similar methods of fastening. Flexible: Works on most steel shapes and thicknesses down to 8mm (5/16"), ideal for both mild and high strength carbon steel base materials. Simple: Easy to use portable system requiring no electrical cords or heavy equipment. X-BT W10 X-BT M8
Guide Specification 05090 Metal Fastenings Blunt-tip (X-BT), powder-actuated, 3/8" [or M8] threaded stud, manufactured by Hilti for attaching items to coated / uncoated carbon steels having base material thickness greater than or equal to 5/16". Contact a manufacturers representative from Hilti to provide installation training to the operators at the project site.
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-2347 COLA (City of Los Angeles) RR 25684 UL (Underwriters Laboratories) X-BT W10 with sealing washers for use as Grounding Studs Note: UL listing does not include X-BT M8 or any X-BT studs without sealing washers ABS (American Bureau of Shipping) Lloyds Register
Part Material designation Shank CR-500 23.5 14.5 2.0 3.5 1850 Threaded sleeve and SN12-R washer1 X2CrNiMo17132 / X5CrNiMo17-12-2+2H 16.5 10.0 2.0 3.5 750 400 Sealing washer1 Elastomer, black, resistant to: UV, salt water, water, ozone, oils
X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R
UNC 3/8"
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R
1 SN12-R and sealing washer only found on X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R and X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R.
UNC 3/8"
Chrome (%) Nickel (%) Molybdenum (%) Manganese (%) Tensile strength, fu (N/mm2) Yield stress, Fy (N/mm2)
X-BT W10-24-6-R
X-BT M8-15-6-R
X-BT Fastening Systems Technical Data

Allowable Loads in 5/16" Steel 1,2,3
Load Type Tension, lb (kN) Shear, lb (kN) Moment, ft-lb (Nm) Torque, ft-lb (Nm) Minimum ASTM A 36 steel 405 (1.8) 585 (2.6) 6 (8.1) 6 (8.1) Minimum Grade 50 steels 515 (2.3) 765 (3.4) 6 (8.1) 6 (8.1) Detailing: Spacing: 5/8" (15 mm) Edge Distance: 1/4" (6 mm)
1/4" 1/4" 5/8" 5/8"
1 The tabulated allowable load values are for the X-BT fastener only, using a safety factor of 5.0. Wood or steel members connected to the substrate must be investigated in accordance with accepted design criterion. 2 Minimum edge distance and minimum spacing are 1/4" and 5/8", respectively. 3 Multiple fasteners are recommended for any attachment.
Technical Information for use of X-BT as Grounding Stud 1,2

Maximum Ambient Temp. F (C) Minimum Base Steel Thickness in. (mm)
Fastener
Maximum Voltage
Grounding Connectors Ring Terminated Copper or Aluminum Conductors
X-BT W10 SN12-R
600 V
212 (100)
5/16 (8)
1 Additional information for installation of X-BT when used as a grounding stud can be found on page 58. 2 Information based upon Underwriters Laboratories (UL) listing from testing conducted per Standard UL 467, Grounding and Bonding Equipment with a maximum of 6 AWG copper or aluminum wire
X-BT Fastener Selection
unless indicated otherwise, dimensions in. (mm)

Designation For use in coated steel or HDG X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R For use in uncoated steel X-BT W10-24-6-R 1 X-BT M8-15-6-R 1 D 3/8 M8 3/8 M8 hNVS2 1.055 ( 26.8) 0.661 ( 16.8) 1.055 ( 26.8) 0.661 ( 16.8) LG 0.608 ( 15.5) 0.274 ( 7.0) 0.689 ( 17.5) 0.354 ( 9.0) LU 3 0.368 ( 9.4) 0.309 ( 7.9) 0.287 ( 7.3) 0.228 ( 5.8)
5/16"
1 If used on coated steel, rework of the coating is required, due to no sealing washer. 2 Maximum value allowable. May vary by -0.043" (-1.1 mm.) 3 LU corresponds to maximum hNVS. Reduces with decreasing hNVS.
hNVS
hNVS
X-BT Fastening Systems Installation Instructions
1. Mark location for each fastening
2. Pre-drill with TX-BT 4/7 step shank drill bit
3. Drive fastener into drilled hole only with DX351-BT/ BTG tool and Hilti 6.8/11M High Precision brown cartridge. High precision cartridge is a cartridge with a specific energy level and a narrow energy band.
4. Put on material to be fastened, washer and nut
5. Tighten using an electric screw driver with torque clutch
Installation Details
Pre-drill until shoulder grinds a shiny ring (to assure proper drilling depth).
Adjust power on the DX351-BT/BTG so that the fastener stand-off, hNVS, is:
Fastener X-BT W10 X-BT M8 hNVS 1.012"1.055" (25.726.8 mm) 0.618"0.661" (15.716.8 mm)
Tightening torque, Tmax = 6 ft-lb (8 Nm) Hilti Tool SF 121-A SF 150-A SF 180-A Torque Setting1 11 9 8
Before fastener installation:
The drilled hole must be clear of liquids and debris. Area around drilled hole must be free from liquids and debris.
hNVS
hNVS
Tmax Proper compression of the sealing washer must be achieved.
NO debris
NO water, oil, etc.

1 Guideline setting only. Set clutch to appropriate setting to obtain desired torque.
Power regulation guide to check fastener stand-off available from Hilti.
X-BT Fastening Systems
Additional Installation Information for use of X-BT as Grounding Stud
Typical installation of X-BT as grounding stud
Typical parts list for grounding application 1. X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R fastener. 2. Hex jam nut 3/8-16, alloy group 2 (316SS) according to ASTM F 594. 3. Regular helical spring lock washer according to B18.12.1, 316 stainless steel according to SAE J405. 4. Type A plain washer according to ANSI B18.22.1, material according to ASTM AZ4D type 316. Note: Additional grounding connector as described in Technical Data required.
1 2 3 4
X-BT 4000-A Drill & TX-BT Step Drill Bit
X-BT 351 BT Tool & Brown Cartridge Strip
X-BT
X-BT Fastening Systems Ordering Information

X-BT Stainless Steel Threaded Studs *
Shank diameter 0.177" (4.5 mm), sealing washer diameter 1/2" (12 mm)
Thread diameter Thread Length in. (mm) Package contents Ordering designation
M8 W10
5/8 (15) 15/16 (24)
100 100
X-BT M8-15-6 SN12-R X-BT W10-24-6 SN12-R
Box includes: 100 studs, 1 power regulation guide, 1 coating protector, 1 TX-BT step drill bit * X-BT stainless steel threaded studs also available without sealing washer on request by special order
TX-BT Step Drill Bits *

4 mm drill bit diameter, 7.2 mm drilling depth
Overall length in. (mm) Package contents Ordering designation
3-1/8 (80) 4-5/16 (110)
10 10
TX-BT 4/7 - 80 drill bit TX-BT 4/7 - 110 drill bit
* 150 mm length bits available upon request by special order
Cartridges
(in magazine strips of 10)
Color code Package contents Ordering designation
Brown
100
6.8/11M high precision brown cartridge
high precision is a narrow energy band at a specific energy level
Tool Sets
For use code Package contents Ordering designation
W10 M8
1 1
X-BT Set X-BTG Set
Set includes: 1 DX 351 BT or BTG powder-actuated tool, 1 BT cleaning kit, 1 XBT 4000-A cordless drill, 1 charger, 2 batteries, 1 information sheet, 1 spray lube, 3 operating instructions, packed complete in a Hilti toolbox.
Individual Tools
For use code Package contents Ordering designation
W10
DX 351 BT powder-actuated tool
Supplied in an impact-resistant plastic toolbox with cleaning kit, ear protectors, safety goggles, Hilti spray lubricant and operating instructions, info sheet.
M8
DX 351 BTG powder-actuated tool
Supplied in an impact-resistant plastic toolbox with cleaning kit, ear protectors, safety goggles, Hilti spray lubricant and operating instructions, info sheet.
X-BT
XBT 4000-A drill
Supplied in a cardboard box with operating instructions. Battery and charger sold separately.
XBT 4000-A Drill Accessories

Package contents Ordering designation
1 1 1 1
X-BT CD 18/24 centering device for grating applications C 7/24 Standard Charger SFB185 18 volt, 3 amp battery pack Belt adapter SFB 180/185 BAP
For use with: DX 351 BT DX 351 BTG Ordering designation
DX 351 BT /BTG Spare Parts

Package contents
10 1 1 1 1
Package contents
X-351 BT Coating protector X-351 BT FG G fastener guide X-351 BT FG W1024 fastener guide X-351 BT P1024 piston X-351 BT PG piston
Ordering designation
DX 351 BT/BTG Powder-Actuated Tool Accessories

1 Cleaning kit DX 351 BT
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System

Product Description
The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System for concrete and masonry consists of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a Hilti matched tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit. Product Features Choice of head stylesTorx Hex Washer Head for fast, secure driving; Torx or Phillips Flat Head for countersinking applications Matched tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit supplied with each box of 100 KWIK-CON II+ fasteners Exclusive internal TORX drive Choice of 1/4" or 3/16" diameter fasteners Fasteners protected by corrosive resistant coating; stainless steel fasteners available in select sizes High quality Hilti SDS and straight shank drill bits (page 65) Guide Specifications Concrete Screw Anchors Concrete or masonry screw anchors shall be manufactured from AISI 1021 cold rolled steel case hardened to a minimum Rockwell Hardness C 45 or stainless steel conforming to AISI 410. The concrete or masonry screw anchors shall have a trilobular, cold formed thread design and 8 threads per inch. Screw anchors shall have one of the following head design: Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess,Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess or 5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess. Anchor plating shall be in accordance with ASTM B633 SC 2 Type II to a minimum thickness of 8 mm. Anchors shall be Hilti KWIK-CON II anchors as supplied by Hilti. Installation Concrete or masonry screw anchors shall be installed in holes drilled with matched tolerance Hilti carbidetipped drill bits supplied with each box of KWIK-CON II anchors. Installations shall be in accordance with manufacturers installation instructions.
Listings/Approvals
Metro-Dade County Pending
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System Material Specifications

Mechanical Properties1 fy min. fu ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)
Material Composition 1018 to 1022 cold rolled steel (case hardened to HRC 45 minimum) 3/16" 137 138 1/4" 157 163 or 410 Stainless Steel 3/16" 157 184 1/4" 170 194 Head Styles Tapered flat head with #3 Phillips recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors) Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess (3/16" diameter anchor) Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess (1/4" diameter anchor) 5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors) Head Diameters 0.507" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" tapered Phillips flat head and 1/4" tapered T-27 TORX flat head anchors 0.385" maximum (3/16" tapered T-25 TORX flat head anchor) 0.432" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" T-25 TORX hex washer head anchors Thread Diameter Nominal 3/16"; Major: 0.217"; Minor2: 0.145" Nominal 1/4"; Major: 0.283"; Minor2: 0.190" Shank Diameter 3/16" 0.170" 1/4" 0.224" Lengths 1-1/4", 1-3/4", 2-1/4", 2-3/4", 3-1/4",3-3/4",4" (See Ordering Information Section 4.3.10.5) Thread Design Trilobular, cold formed Threads per inch 3/16" anchor = 8 T.P.I. 1/4" anchor = 8 T.P.I. Inches of Thread per fastener 1.875" maximum Plating 8 mm zinc/chromate plating in accordance with ASTM B633, Sc 2, Type II, on carbon steel anchors Bending Capacity Ductility at 10 minimum
1 Mechanical properties based on limited (30 samples) testing of actual KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not based on minimum steel properties). 2 Minor diameter based on average root diamter of 30 KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not a controlled dimension).
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System Technical Data

Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Concrete 1, 2
Anchor Dia. in. Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
100 (0.44) 275 (1.22) 190 (0.85) 425 (1.89)
260 (1.16) 260 (1.16) 325 (1.45) 560 (2.49)
125 (0.56) 295 (1.31) 240 (1.07) 625 (2.78)
260 (1.16) 265 (1.18) 390 (1.73) 600 (2.82)
185 (0.82) 325 (1.45) 275 (1.22) 650 (2.89)
280 (1.25) 300 (1.33) 540 (2.40) 600 (2.67)
1 Published load values represent the average test results of testing conducted in local base materials using Hilti matched-tolerance drill bits. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine actual performance at any specific site. 2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
Tension and Shear Ultimate Loads in Concrete

Anchor Dia. in. Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
400 (1.78) 1100 (4.89) 760 (3.38) 1700 (7.56)
1050 (4.67) 1050 (4.67) 1300 (5.78) 2250 (10.0)
500 (2.22) 1180 (5.25) 970 (4.31) 2500 (11.1)
1050 (4.67) 1070 (4.76) 1575 (7.01) 2400 (11.3)
750 (3.34) 1300 (5.78) 1100 (4.89) 2600 (11.6)
1150 (5.12) 1200 (5.34) 2175 (9.68) 2400 (10.7)
Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Hollow Block1,2

Anchor Dia. in. Embed. Depth in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Red Brick1, 2

Anchor Dia. in. Embed. Depth in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear lb (kN)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
150 (0.67) 290 (1.29) 165 (0.73) 310 (1.38)
225 (1.00) 300 (1.33) 275 (1.22) 400 (1.78)
3/16 3/16 1/4 1/4
1 (25) 1-3/4 (44) 1 (25) 1-3/4 (44)
125 (0.56) 350 (1.56) 205 (0.91) 350 (1.56)
235 (1.05) 300 (1.33) 415 (1.85) 500 (2.22)
1 ASTM Specification C90 Grade N. Type II pilot holes drilled with TKB matched tolerance bits for concrete blocks. 2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
1 This test was performed on individual specimens of ASTM C62 common red brick. Due to the wide variations encountered in the compressive strength of brick, these values should be considered Guide Values. 2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.
The anchors are installed a minimum of 12 diameters on center with a minimum edge distance of six diameters for 100 percent anchor efficiency. Spacing and edge distance may be reduced to six diameter spacing and three diameter edge distance providing values are reduced 50 percent. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacing and edge margins. Combined Shear and Tension Loading N ( N ) + ( V ) 1.0 V
d d rec rec
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System Installation Instructions

Determining the Correct KWIK-CON II+ Fastener & Hole Depth The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening system consists of the KWIKCON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a TKC or TKB matched tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit. Consistent performance and maximum pullout strength can be assured only when all three elements of the system are properly used. Fastener Length The length of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener to be used is determined by combining the thickness of the fixture being attached (A) with the desired depth of embedment in the masonry material (B). It is recommended that a minimum of 1" and a maximum of 1-3/4" embedment be used in determining fastener length. KWIK-CON II+ fasteners are available in 1/4" and 3/16" diameters. The diameter of the fastener and the depth of embedment affect pullout strengths. Application strength requirements and safety factors should be considered when determining the depth of embedment and fastener diameter. For assistance, contact your local Hilti Sales Representative. Hole Depth A TKC matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bit is supplied with each box of KWIK-CON II+ fasteners. The correct hole depth (B+C) can normally be obtained by drilling the full length of this bit. In all cases, the hole must be at least 1/2" deeper than the depth of the fastener embedment. Hole Diameter The diameter of the drilled hole is also important to the performance of the KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening system. Using Hilti TKC (concrete) or TKB (block) matched tolerance carbidetipped bits will help assure consistent fastener performance and maximum pullout strength.
Head Styles
TORX Hex Washer Head Uses either TORX or hex drives Washer head provides a bearing surface for fast, secure fastening. TORX or Phillips Flat Head Used when a countersunk appearance is desirable
C
1/2"minimum
A = Fixture being attached B = KWIK-CON II+ embedment minimum of 1", maximum of 1-3/4" is recommended A + B = Length KWIK-CON II+ to be used B + C = Depth of hole drilled must be at least 1/2" deeper than KWIK-CON II+ embedment
Torx Hex Washer Head Internal Torx
Torx or Phillips Flat Head
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System Ordering Information

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit) Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 THWH
5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 TORX Bit 256009 3/16 1-1/4 220590 3/16 1-1/4 256010 3/16 1-3/4 220591 3/16 1-3/4 256011 3/16 2-1/4 256012 3/16 2-3/4 220592 3/16 2-3/4 256013 3/16 3-1/4 256014 3/16 3-3/4 256015 3/16 4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 0 1/2 1 1 1-1/2 2 2-1/4
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 THWH KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Stainless Steel KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Stainless Steel
5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 Bit 256016 1/4 220593 1/4 256017 1/4 220594 1/4 256018 1/4 256019 1/4 220595 1/4 256020 1/4 256021 1/4 220596 1/4 256022 1/4 256051 1/4 256052 1/4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 4 1-1/4 2-3/4
1-1/4 1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-1/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 0 1/2 1 1 1-1/2 2 2 2-1/4 0 1
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 TFH
T-25 TORX Bit 256023 256024 220597 256025 256026 220598 256027 256028 220599 256029
3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 4
1-1/8 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 3/8 7/8 7/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 1-7/8 2-1/8
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 TFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 TFH
T-27 TORX Bit 256030 256031 219953 256032 256033 256034 219954 256035 256036
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4
1-1/16 1-9/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 5/16 13/16 1-5/16 1-5/16 1-13/16 2-1/16
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System

KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit) Description Item No. Diameter (in.) Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH Stainless Steel KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Stainless Steel
#3 Phillips Bit 256037 256038 219955 256039 256040 219956 256041 256042 256043 256053 256054
3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16 3/16
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4 1-1/4 2-3/4
1-1/16 1-9/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-1/16 1-3/4
0 0 0 5/16 13/16 13/16 1-5/16 1-13/16 2-1/16 0 13/16
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH Bulk KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 PFH KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 PFH
#3 Phillips Bit 256044 256045 219957 256046 256047 219958 256048 256049 256050
1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4
1-1/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-3/4 2-3/4 3-1/4 3-3/4 4
1-1/16 1-9/16 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4 1-3/4
0 0 0 5/16 13/16 13/16 1-5/16 1-13/16 2-1/16
KWIK-CON II+ Hex Driver System Description KWIK-CON Hex Driver Deluxe Kit KWIK-CON Hex Driver 5/16" Hex Driver (all THWH) 5/16" Hex Nut Setter/Depth Locator Insert Bit Holder/Depth Locator #3 Phillips Driver (all PFH) T-25 TORX Driver (3/16" TFH) T-27 TORX Driver (1/4" TFH) Item No. 235097 235098 83313 235100 235101 83312 374714 374715 Box Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
KWIK-CON II+ Matched Tolerance Drill Bits Description Item No. Bit Diameter (in.)
Box Qty 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+) TKC Large Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205114 0.2402 TKC Large Concrete Bit TM Hex 205115 0.2402 For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block TKB Large Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205116 0.2260 TKB Large Block Bit TM Hex 205117 0.2260 For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+) TKC Small Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex 205118 0.1902 TKC Small Concrete Bit TM Hex 205119 0.1902 For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block TKB Small Block Bit SDS+ Hex 205120 0.1752 TKB Small Block Bit TM Hex 205121 0.1752
Anchor Principles & Design Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology

The following terminology is generally compliant with that used in ICC-ES acceptance criteria for allowable stress design of anchors. Anom Asl Ast c = nominal bolt cross sectional area = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve = tensile stress area of threaded part = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of base material = critical edge distance = minimum edge distance = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter) = nominal drill bit diameter = diameter of clearance hole in attachment (e.g. baseplate) = nominal anchor diameter = anchor O.D. = washer diameter = adjustment factor for anchor spacing = concrete compressive strength as measured by testing of cylinders = specified concrete compressive strength = adjustment factor for edge distance, tension loading = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading perpendicular and towards free edge = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading parallel to edge = adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading perpendicular and away from free edge = specified reinforcing bar yield strength = specified bolt minimum yield strength = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength = thickness of member in which anchor is embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis Tinst Tmax Vallow s sW t fix Nallow
th
hef hmin hnom ho
= effective anchor embedment = minimum member thickness = standard embedment depth = depth of full diameter hole in base material = anchor embedded length = anchor useable thread length = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor bolt (5% fractile) = allowable load (based on mean value from tests and a global safety factor) = design tension load (unfactored) = recommended tension load = anchor axial spacing = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt = width of anchor nut across flats = maximum thickness of attachment (e.g. baseplate) to be fastened = recommended anchor installation torque = maximum tightening torque = allowable shear load (based on mean value from tests and a global safety factor) = design shear load (unfactored) = recommended shear load
MuM,5%
ccr cmin d dbit dh
Nd Nrec s scr
dnom do dw fa fc
smin
f 'c fRN
fRV1
fRV2
Vd Vrec
fRV3
fy Fy Fu h
Anchor Principles & Design Strength Design (SD) Terminology

The following terminology is generally compliant with that used in ACI 318-05 Appendix D for the strength design of anchors. A Nc = the projected area of the failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors for calculation of strength in tension = the projected area of the failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges for calculation of strength in tension = cross sectional area of anchor sleeve = tensile stress area of threaded part = the projected area of the failure surface for the anchor or group of anchors for calculation of strength in shear = the projected area of the failure surface of a single anchor without the influence of proximate edges for the calculation of strength in shear = distance from anchor centerline to free edge of base material = critical edge distance required to develop the basic concrete breakout strength of a postinstalled anchor in uncracked concrete with out supplementary reinforcement to control splitting = distance to furthest edge (ca,max < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline = distance to closest edge (ca,min < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline = distance from edge to anchor centerline; for a group of anchors, the distance from the edge to the axis of the furthest anchor row = limiting value of when anchors are located less than 1.5 h ef from three or more edges = distance from centerline of anchor to edge of concrete in the direction perpendicular to c a1 = critical edge distance = minimum edge distance n d dbit dh = anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter) = nominal drill bit diameter = diameter of clearance hole in attachment (e.g. baseplate) = nominal anchor diameter Nb do e'N = anchor O.D. = distance between geometric centroid of a group of anchors loaded in tension, and the resultant tension load applied to the group = distance between geometric centroid of a group of anchors loaded in shear, and the resultant shear load applied to the group = concrete compressive strength as measured by testing of cylinders = specified concrete compressive strength = specified bolt minimum yield strength = specified bolt minimum ultimate strength = thickness of member in which anchor is embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis = effective anchor embedment = minimum member thickness = depth of full diameter hole in base material = coefficient for basic concrete strength in tension, cracked concrete = coefficient for basic concrete strength in tension, uncracked concrete = coefficient for pryout strength = load-bearing length of anchor for shear, not to exceed 8do, in. = hef for anchors with a constant stiffness over the full length of the embedded section, such as headed studs or post-installed anchors with one tubular shell over the full length of the embedment depth = 2 d 0 for torque-controlled expansion anchors with a distance sleeve separated from the expansion sleeve
th
e'V
A Nco
fc
A sl A se A Vc
f 'c fya futa ha
A Vco
hef hmin h0 kcr
cac
kuncr
kcp
e
ca,max
ca,min
ca1
c'a1
ca2
= anchor useable thread length = characteristic flexural resistance of anchor bolt (5% fractile) = number of anchors in a group = basic concrete breakout strength in tension of a single anchor in cracked concrete = nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in tension
ccr cmin
MuM,5%
Ncb
dnom
Anchor Principles & Design Strength Design (SD) Terminology

Ncbg = nominal concrete breakout strength of a group of anchors in tension = nominal strength in tension = pullout strength of a single anchor in cracked concrete = nominal pullout strength of a single anchor = nominal strength in tension of a single anchor or group of anchors as governed by steel strength = side face blowout strength of a single anchor = side face blowout strength of a group of anchors = factored tensile force applied to an anchor or group of anchors = anchor axial spacing = critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors = elastic section modulus of anchor bolt = maximum thickness of attachment (e.g. baseplate) to be fastened = recommended anchor installation torque = maximum tightening torque = basic concrete breakout strength in shear of a single anchor in cracked concrete = nominal concrete breakout strength of a single anchor in shear = nominal concrete breakout strength of a group of anchors in shear = nominal pryout strength of a single anchor = nominal pryout strength of a group of anchors = nominal strength in shear = nominal strength in shear of a single anchor or group of anchors as governed by steel strength = factored shear force applied to a single anchor or group of anchors = strength reduction factor = factor modifying the concrete breakout strength of anchors in tension based on whether the concrete is considered to be cracked or uncracked for design purposes
c,p
Nn Np
= factor modifying the pullout strength of anchors in tension based on whether the concrete is considered to be cracked or uncracked for design purposes = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors based on whether the concrete is considered to be cracked or uncracked and whether supplementary reinforcement is present = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors in uncracked concrete where supplementary reinforcement is not present = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors subjected to eccentric tension loading = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors subjected to eccentric shear loading = factor modifying the tension strength of anchors based on proximity to near edges = factor modifying the shear strength of anchors based on proximity to near edges
c,V
Npn Nsa
cp,N
Nsb Nsbg Nua
ec,N ec,V ed,N ed,V
s scr
smin
s tfix
Definitions
Adhesive Anchor System = a device for transferring tension and shear loads to structural concrete, consisting of an anchor element embedded with an adhesive compound in a cylindrical hole drilled in hardened concrete. The system includes the fastening itself and the necessary accessories to install it appropriately. Anchor Category = an assigned rating that corresponds to a specific strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes associated with anchors in tension. The anchor category is established based on the performance of the anchor in reliability tests Anchor Group = a group of anchors of approximately equal embedment and stiffness where the maximum anchor spacing is less than the critical spacing Anchor Spacing = centerline to centerline distance between adjacent loaded anchors Attachment = the structural assembly, external to the surface of the concrete, that transmits loads to or receives loads from the base material Characteristic capacity = 5% fractile of the anchor capacity, defined as that value that will be exceeded by 95% of the population with a 90% confidence Concrete Breakout = failure of the anchor characterized by the formation of a conical fracture surface originating at or near the embedded end of the anchor element and projecting to the surface of the base material. An angle between the
Tinst Tmax Vb
Vcb
Vcbg
Vcp Vcpg Vn Vsa
Vua
c,N
Anchor Principles & Design

surface and the breakout of 35 (Strength Design) or 45 (ASD) can be assumed. Cracked Concrete = condition of concrete in which the anchor is installed; concrete is assumed to be cracked (ft>fr) for anchor design purposes if cracks could form in the concrete at or near the anchor location over the service life of the anchor. Cracked concrete must be assumed for Seismic Design Category C through F. Critical Spacing = required spacing between adjacent loaded anchors to achieve full capacity Critical Edge Distance = required edge distance to achieve full capacity Cure Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive material components to achieve a state of hardening of the adhesive material in the drilled hole corresponding to the design mechanical properties and resistances. After the full cure time loads can be applied. Displacement Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion anchor designed to expand in response to driving a plug into the anchor body Ductile Steel Element = an element with a tensile test elongation of at least 14% and corresponding reduction of area of at least 30% at failure Gel Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive material components to onset of significant chemical reaction as characterized by an increase in viscosity. During the gel time the anchors can be inserted. After the gel time has elapsed, the anchors must not be disturbed. Edge Distance = distance from centerline of anchor to free edge of base material in which the anchor is installed Effective Embedment Depth = effective anchor embedment equal to distance from surface of base material to point of load introduction into the base material, for expansion anchors taken as distance from surface of base material to tip of expansion element(s) Minimum Edge Distance = minimum edge distance to preclude splitting of the base material during anchor installation Minimum Spacing = minimum spacing between adjacent loaded anchors to preclude splitting of the base material during anchor installation Minimum Member Thickness = required thickness of member in which anchor is embedded to prevent splitting of the base material Projected Area = the area on the free surface of the concrete member that is used to represent the base of the assumed rectilinear failure surface Side Face Blowout = failure mode characterized by blowout of side cover of an anchor loaded in tension Supplementary Reinforcement = reinforcement that is proportioned and positioned to tie the concrete breakout surface into the structural member Torque Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion anchor designed to expand with the application of torque to the anchor bolt or nut Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchor = an adhesive anchor employing an anchor element designed to generate expansion forces in response to tension loading Undercut Anchor = a mechanical anchor designed to interlock with drilled deformations (undercuts) in the base material
Anchors in Concrete and Masonry

Anchor bolts fulfill a variety of needs in construction, from securing column baseplates to supporting mechanical and electrical systems; from attaching facade panels to anchoring guardrails. Critical connections, i.e., those that are either safety-related or whose failure could result in significant financial loss, require robust anchor solutions capable of providing a verifiable and durable load path. The proper selection of a suitable anchor system and its incorporation in connection design requires an understanding of the fundamental principles of anchor function. An overview is provided here. Additional references are provided at the conclusion of this section.
Anchor Working Principles

Anchors designed for use in concrete and masonry develop resistance to tension loading on the basis of one or more of the following mechanisms: Friction: This is the mechanism used by most post-installed mechanical expansion anchors to resist tension loads, including the Hilti Kwik Bolt, HDI and HSL. The frictional resistance resulting from expansion forces generated between the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole during setting of the anchor may also be supplemented by local deformation of the concrete. The frictional force is proportional to the magnitude of the expansion stresses generated by the anchor. Torquecontrolled expansion anchors like the KWIK Bolt and HSL use follow-up expansion to increase the expansion force in response to increases in tension loading beyond the service (preload) load level or to adjust for changes in the state of the base material (cracking). Keying: Undercut anchors, and to a lesser degree certain types of expansion anchors, rely on the interlock of the anchor with deformations in the hole wall to resist applied tension. The bearing stresses developed in the base material at the interface with the anchor bearing surfaces can reach relatively high levels without crushing due to the triaxial nature of the state of stress. Undercut anchors like the Hilti HDA offer much greater resilience to variations in the base material condition and represent the most robust solution for most anchoring needs.
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

70 71 72 77 90 92 94 Product Description Material Specifications Strength Design (LRFD) Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Installation Instructions Ordering Information Sample Calculations
Product Description
The Kwik Bolt 3 (KB3) is a torque controlled expansion anchor, which provides consistent performance for a wide range of mechanical anchor applications. This anchor series is available in carbon steel with zinc electroplated coating, carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating, 304 stainless steel and 316 stainless steel versions.The threaded stud version of the anchor is available in a variety of diameters ranging from 1/4 in. to 1 in. depending on the steel and coating type. Applicable base materials include normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, lightweight concrete over metal deck, and grout filled concrete masonry. Guide Specifications Product Features Length identification code facilitates quality control and inspection after installation. Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. Raised impact section (Dog Point) prevents thread damage during installation. Anchor size is same as drill bit size for easy installation. For temporary applications anchors may be driven into drilled holes after usage. Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application.
Impact Section (Dog Point)
Nut Washer
Anchor Thread
Installation Drill hole in concrete, structural lightweight concrete, or grout filled concrete masonry using a Hilti carbide tipped drill bit and a Hilti rotary hammer drill. Remove dust from the hole with oil free compressed air or vacuum. Alternately for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and 1 inch diameter Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, the hole may be drilled using a matched tolerance Hilti DD-C wet diamond core bit for anchoring applications. The slurry must be flushed from the diamond cored hole prior to anchor installation. The minimum hole depth must exceed the anchor embedment prior to torquing by one hole, diameter. Drive the anchor into the hole using a hammer. A minimum of six threads must be below the surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.
Anchor Body Expansion Element (Wedges)
Expansion Cone
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) AC 193 ESR pending ICC-ES ESR-1385 Grout filled concrete masonry City of Los Angeles Research Report No. 25577 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler (3/8" - 3/4") UL (Underwriters Laboratories) UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4") Miami-Dade County NOA No. 06-0810.13 Qualified under an NQA-1 Nuclear Quality Program
Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be Kwik Bolt 3 supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 in the installed condition. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: 1. The carbon steel anchor body, nut and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m. 2. The carbon steel hot-dip galvanized anchor body, nut, and washer conform to ASTM A153. The stainless steel expansion elements conform to either AISI 304 or AISI 316. 3. The stainless steel anchor body, nut, and washer conform to AISI 304. The stainless steel expansion elements conform to either AISI 304 or AISI 316. 4. The stainless steel anchor body, nut, and washer conform to AISI 316. The stainless steel expansion elements conform to AISI 316.
C *Please refer to the reports to verify that the type and diameter specified is included
Building Code Compliance

IBC 2006 (for masonry only) IRC 2006 (for masonry only) UBC 1997
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor Material Specifications

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc All Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3, Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 and Rod Coupling Anchors, excluding the 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes, have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5. All carbon steel 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes and carbon steel countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies have mechanical properties as listed in Table 5. Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from carbon steel, except the following anchors have stainless steel wedges: All 1/4 inch diameter anchors KB3 3/4x12 All 1 inch diameter anchors All countersunk Kwik Bolt 3
Carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating Anchor bodies manufactured from carbon steel have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5. Carbon steel anchor components hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class C (43 m min.). Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Stainless steel expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from either AISI 304 or AISI 316.
Stainless steel Anchor bodies smaller than 3/4 inch, excluding all Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, are produced from AISI 304 or 316 stainless steel having the minimum bolt fracture loads shown in Table 5. Anchor bodies 3/4 inch and larger, and all stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies, are produced from AISI 304 or 316 stainless steel have the minimum mechanical properties shown in Table 5. Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain. Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 304 anchors are made from either AISI 304 or AISI 316. Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 316 anchors are made from AISI 316. All stainless steel nuts and washers for AISI 304 and 316 anchors are manufactured from AISI 304 and 316, respectively.
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor Strength Design (LRFD)

This section provides ACI 318-05 strength design information for the Kwik Bolt 3 used where the required for post-installed anchor design must comply with according to the IBC 2003 and IBC 2006. Testing was conducted in accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 in uncracked concrete. Engineering design based on this section is limited to uncracked concrete and seismic design categories A & B. For more detailed information, please contact Hilti Technical Support. Note that the allowable load tables are not developed using the same safety factors as the allowable load Table 6 to 15 provided in the allowable load Section of this manual and should not be interchanged. Edge distance and anchor spacing guidelines are specific for each design method. The installation torques for the 5/8, 3/4, and 1- inch diameter anchors have been reduced in order to maintain reasonable spacing guidelines as developed in accordance with ACI 355.2.
Figure 1 - Kwik Bolt 3 Installation
Table 1 - Installation Information Strength Design

DESIGN INFORMATION Anchor O.D. ANSI drill bit dia Effective min. embedment Min hole depth Installation torque Expansion element clearance hole Symbol do dbit hef ho Tinst dh Units in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) 1/4 0.25 (6.4) 1/4 (6.4) 1-1/2 (38) 2 (51) 4 (5) 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 3/8 (9.5) 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 20 (27) 7/16 (11.1) Nominal anchor diameter 1/2 5/8 0.5 0.625 (12.7) (15.9) 1/2 5/8 (12.7) (15.9) 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 (67) (102) (98) (121) 40 60 (54) (81) 9/16 11/16 (14.3) (17.5) 3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3/4 (19.1) 3-3/4 5 (95) (127) 4-1/2 5-3/4 (114) (146) 110 (149) 13/16 (20.6) 1 1 (25.4) 1 (25.4) 4 5-3/4 (102) (146) 5 6-3/4 (127) (171) 150 (203) 1-1/8 (28.6)

Table 2 - Carbon Steel KB3 Strength Design
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3.25 3.125 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 4.875 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 (124) (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) 2.125 2 1.625 1.625 2.25 1.75 1.75 (54) (51) (41) (41) (57) (44) (44) 4.875 4.75 4.25 4 5.25 4.75 4 (124) (121) (108) (102) (133) (121) (102) 2.5 2.25 2 1.875 2.375 2.125 2.125 (64) (57) (51) (48) (60) (54) (54) 2.625 2.375 2.25 2 3.125 2.375 2.25 (67) (60) (57) (51) (79) (60) (57) 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 (67) (102) (98) (121) 84,800 84,800 (585) (585) 106,000 106,000 (731) (731) 0.11 0.17 (71.0) (109.7) 11,660 18,020 (51.9) (80.2) 5,925 6,760 12,230 (26.4) (30.1) (54.4) 2,840 3,155 6,585 (12.6) (14.0) (29.3) 6,890 NA4 NA4 (30.6) 2,730 4,765 (12.1) (21.2) 1 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 24 40 (54) 203,500 29 191,100 29 222,150 25 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 60 (81) 170,700 21 207,400 19 110 (149) 164,000 24
1/4 3/8 in. 0.25 0.375 Anchor O.D. d0 (mm) (6.4) (9.5) Effective min. in. 1.5 2 h ef embedment 1 (mm) (38) (51) in. 4 4 5 Min. member thickness h min (mm) (102) (102) (127) in. 2.75 4.5 3.875 Critical edge distance 2 c cr (mm) (70) (114) (98) in. 1.375 2 1.5 c min (mm) (35) (51) (38) Min. edge distance 2 in. 1.75 2.875 3.5 for s (mm) (44) (73) (89) in. 1.25 1.75 1.75 s min (mm) (32) (44) (44) Min. anchor spacing in. 1.625 2.375 2.375 for c (mm) (41) (60) (60) in. 2 2.625 Min. hole depth in h0 in concrete (mm) (51) (67) Min. specified psi 84,800 84,800 fy yield strength (N/mm2) (585) (585) psi 106,000 106,000 Min. specified ult. strength f ut (N/mm2) (731) (731) Effective tensile in2 0.02 0.06 A se stress area (mm2) (12.9) (38.7) lb 2,120 6,360 Steel strength in tension N sa (kN) (9.4) (28.3) lb 1,640 4,470 Steel strength in shear V sa (kN) (7.3) (19.9) Steel strength in shear, lb 1,930 Vsa,deck concrete on metal deck (kN) (8.6) Pullout strength lb 1,575 N pn,uncr NA4 uncracked concrete (kN) (7.0) Pullout strength concrete N , lb 1,750 2,245 pn,deck uncr on metal deck 3 (kN) (7.8) (10.0) Anchor category 5 1,2 or 3 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete 6 ft*lb 4 20 Installation torque Tinst (Nm) (5) (27) Axial stiffness in service (lb/in) 116,150 162,850 load range COV % 60 42 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 7 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 7 Strength reduction factor for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 8 Strength reduction factor for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 8
1 See Figure 1.
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3.75 (95) 5 (127) 8 (203) 9.5 (241) 2.5 (64) 6.375 (162) 3.25 (83) 3.375 (86) 5.75 (146)
6 8 (152) (203) 9.75 7.5 (248) (191) 2.75 2.625 (70) (67) 6.875 6.5 (175) (165) 3.75 3.375 (95) (86) 3.75 3.375 (95) (86) 4.5 (114) 84,800 (585) 106,000 (731) 0.24 (154.8) 25,440 (113.2) 15,660 20,630 (69.7) (91.8) NP3 NA4 NP3
10,585 (47.1)
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3 associated to Table II. 3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. 4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design. 5 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 7 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1. 8 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Table 3 - Stainless Steel KB3 Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal Anchor Diameter 5/8 3/4 1 0.625 0.75 1 (15.9) (19.1) (25.4) 2 3.25 3.125 4 3.75 5 4 5.75 (51) (83) (79) (102) (95) (127) (102) (146) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 6 8 8 8 10 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) (203) (254) 4.875 4 6.75 5.75 7.375 9.5 7.5 10.5 9.25 9.75 10 11 (124) (102) (171) (146) (187) (241) (191) (267) (235) (248) (254) (279) 2.5 1.875 1.625 1.625 3.25 2.5 2.5 3.25 3 2.875 3.5 3 (64) (48) (41) (41) (83) (64) (64) (83) (76) (73) (89) (76) 5 4.625 4.5 4.25 5.625 5.25 5 7 6.875 6.625 6.75 6.75 (127) (117) (114) (108) (143) (133) (127) (178) (175) (168) (172) (172) 2.5 2.25 2.125 1.875 3.125 2.125 2.125 4 3.5 3.5 5 4.75 (64) (57) (54) (48) (79) (54) (54) (102) (89) (89) (127) (121) 2.875 2.375 2.375 2.125 3.875 3 2.75 4.125 3.75 3.75 4.25 3.75 (73) (60) (60) (54) (98) (76) (70) (105) (95) (95) (108) (95) 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 4.5 5.75 5 6.75 (67) (102) (98) (121) (114) (146) (127) (171) 92,000 92,000 76,000 76,000 (634) (634) (524) (524) 115,000 115,000 90,000 90,000 (793) (793) (621) (621) 0.11 0.17 0.24 0.47 (71.0) (109.7) (154.8) (303.2) 12,650 19,550 21,600 42,311 (56.3) (87.0) (96.1) (188.2) 4,195 6,940 8,955 14,300 11,900 23,545 12,510 30,000 (18.7) (30.9) (39.8) (63.6) (52.9) (104.7) (55.6) (133.5) 1,745 5,690 NP3 NP3 (7.8) (25.3) 3,310 6,340 6,230 7,830 8,555 10,830 NA 15,550 (14.7) (28.2) (27.7) (34.8) (38.1) (48.2) (69.2) 1,945 4,430 3 3 NP NP (8.7) (19.7) 1 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 24 20 (27) 158,300 34 154,150 36 40 (54) 77,625 17 227,600 31 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 60 (81) 189,200 22 110 (149) 275,600 35 187,000 21 150 (203) 126,400 174,800 38 22
1/4 in. 0.25 Anchor O.D. d0 (mm) (6.4) Effective min. in. 1.5 h ef embedment 1 (mm) (38) in. 4 Min. member thickness h min (mm) (102) in. 3 Critical edge distance2 c cr (mm) (76) in. 1.375 c min (mm) (35) 2 Min. edge distance in. 1.75 for s (mm) (44) in. 1.25 s min (mm) (32) Min. anchor spacing in. 1.625 for c (mm) (41) in. 2 Min. hole depth in h0 in concrete (mm) (51) Min. specified psi 92000 fy yield strength (N/mm2) (634) psi 115000 Min. specified ult. strength f ut (N/mm2) (793) Effective tensile in2 0.02 A se stress area (mm2) (12.9) lb 2300 Steel strength in tension N sa (kN) (10.2) lb 1680 Steel strength in shear V sa (kN) (7.5) Steel strength in shear, lb 2,020 Vsa,deck concrete on metal deck 3 (kN) (9.0) Pullout strength lb 1325 N pn,uncr uncracked concrete 4 (kN) (5.9) Pullout strength concrete N , lb 1805 pn,deck uncr on metal deck 3 (kN) (8.0) 5 Anchor category 1,2 or 3 2 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete7 ft*lb 4 Installation torque Tinst (Nm) (5) Axial stiffness in service (lb/in) 57,400 load range COV % 40 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 7 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 7 Strength reduction factor for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 8 Strength reduction factor for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 8
1 See Figure 1.
3/8 0.375 (9.5) 2 (51) 4 5 (102) (127) 4.375 3.875 (111) (98) 2 1.625 (51) (41) 4 3.625 (102) (92) 2 1.75 (51) (44) 3.25 2.5 (83) (64) 2.625 (67) 92,000 (634) 115,000 (793) 0.06 (38.7) 6,900 (30.7) 4,980 (22.2) 2,580 (11.5) 3,120 (13.9) 2,580 (11.5)
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3. 3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report. 4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design. 5 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 7 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1. 8 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Table 4 - Hot-Dip Galvanized KB3 Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Symbol Units Nominal anchor Diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3.25 3.125 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 6 6 8 5 6 8 (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 3.625 6.75 5.625 7.5 9.5 7.5 (92) (171) (143) (191) (241) (191) 2.625 2 2.25 2 1.875 (67) (51) (57) (51) (48) 5.5 4.875 5.25 5 4.75 (140) (124) (133) (127) (121) 2.75 2.375 2.125 2.5 2.125 2.125 (70) (60) (54) (64) (54) (54) 2.75 2.625 2.25 3.5 2.5 2.25 (70) (67) (57) (89) (64) (57) 2.625 4 3.875 4.75 (67) (102) (98) (121) 84,800 84,800 (585) (585) 106,000 106,000 (731) (731) 0.11 0.17 (71.0) (109.7) 11,660 18,020 (51.9) (80.2) 4,200 5,870 11,635 (18.7) (26.1) (51.8) 6,540 6,465 9,375 NA (29.1) (28.8) (41.7) 1 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 24 40 (54) 177,000 42 332,850 18 347,750 37 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 24 60 (81) 190,130 36
in. Anchor O.D. d0 (mm) Effective min. in. h ef embedment1 (mm) in. Min. member thickness h min (mm) in. Critical edge distance c cr (mm) in. c min (mm) Min. edge distance in. for s (mm) in. s min (mm) Min. anchor spacing in. for c (mm) Min. hole depth in in. h0 in concrete (mm) Min. specified psi fy yield strength (N/mm2) psi Min. specified ult. strength f ut (N/mm2) Effective tensile in2 A se stress area (mm2) lb Steel strength in tension N sa (kN) lb Steel strength in shear V sa (kN) Pullout strength lb N pn,uncr uncracked concrete2 (kN) Anchor category3 1,2 or 3 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete4 ft*lb Installation torque Tinst (Nm) Axial stiffness in service (lb/in) load range COV % Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 5 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 5 Strength reduction factor for tension , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6 Strength reduction factor for shear , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6
1 See Figure 1.
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3.75 (95) 6 (152) 9.75 (248) 3.5 (89) 7.5 (191) 4 (102) 6.5 (165) 4.5 (114) 84,800 (585) 106,000 (731) 0.24 (154.8) 25,440 (113.2) 17,000 (75.6) NA 10,175 (45.3) 24 110 (149) 364,725 27 314,650 21 8 (203) 7.5 (191) 5 (127) 8 (203) 9.5 (241) 3.625 (92) 7.375 (187) 3.875 (98) 4.75 (121) 5.75 (146)
4 (102) 4.875 (124) 3.25 (83) 6.25 (159) 3.125 (79) 3.75 (95)
2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design. 3 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 5 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1 6 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
Figure 2 - Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
s design
c design
sdesign smin at c
h h min
spacing s
ca min at s
hmin
cdesign
edge distance c
Length Identification System

Stamp on Anchor A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R From 1 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 Length of Up To Anchor But Not 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11 (inches) Including S 11 12 T 12 13
Length Identification Mark
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor Allowable Stress Design

Table 5 - Kwik Bolt 3 Specifications1
Bolt Size Details d bit h min/h nom/h deep ho dh nominal bit diameter2 depth of embedment minimum/standard/deep hole depth wedge clearance hole in fixture Normal weight & Light weight Concrete Grout Filled Block Carbon Steel HDG Stainless Steel Carbon Steel in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) in.
1-1/8 (29) 1-3/8 (35) 1/4 (6.4) 1/4 2 (51) 2-1/4 (57) 5/16 (8) 4 (5) 6 (8) 4 (5) 3 (76) 3-1/4 (83) 1-5/8 (41) 2 (51) 3/8 (9.5) 3/8 2-1/2 (64) 2-7/8 (73) 7/16 (11) 20 (27) 20 (27) 15 (20) 3-1/2 (89) 3-7/8 (89) 2-1/4 (57) 2-3/4 (70) 1/2 (12.7) 1/2 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 9/16 (14) 40 (54) 40 (54) 25 (34) 4-3/4 (121) 5-1/4 (133)
Tinst Recommended Installation Torque h
min. base material thickness Bolt Fracture Load Carbon Steel HDG Stainless steel Bolt Size
3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater 2900 lb 4,6 no offering 2900 lb 4,7 7200 lb 4,6 no offering 7200 lb 4,7 3/4 (19.1) 3/4 5-1/2 (140) 6-1/8 (156) 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 4-3/4 (121) 5-1/2 (140) 13/16 (21) 150 (203) 150 (203) 120 (1663) 6-1/23 (165) 7 (178) 4-1/2 (114) 5-1/2 (140) 12400 lb 4 12400 lb 4 12400 lb 4 1 (25.4) 1 6 (152) 7 (178) 1-1/8 (29) 250 (339) 235 (319) 9 (229) 10 (254)
Details d bit h min/h nom/h deep ho dh nominal bit diameter2 minimum/standard/deep depth of embedment minimum/standard/deep hole depth wedge clearance hole in fixture Normal weight & Light weight Concrete Grout Filled Block Carbon Steel HDG Stainless Steel Carbon Steel
in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) ft-lb (Nm) in. 2-3/4 (70) 3-3/8 (86)
5/8 (15.9) 5/8 4 (102) 4-5/8 (117) 11/16 (17) 85 (115) 85 (115) 65 (88)
Tinst Recommended Installation Torque h
min. base material thickness Bolt Fracture Load Carbon Steel HDG Stainless steel
3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater 19600 lb4 19600 lb4 21900 lb4 28700 lb 4,8 f ut 76 ksi, f y 64 ksi 5 28700 lb 4
f ut 88 ksi, f y 75 ksi 5 no offering
f ut 76 ksi, f y 64 ksi 5
1 See Kwik Bolt 3 Product Line Table on page 92 for a full list and anchor length and thread length configurations. 2 Loads for Kwik Bolt 3 are applicable for both carbide drill bits and matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits in sizes ranging from 1/2 inch to 1 inch. 3 The deep embedment depth for stainless steel Kwik Bolt 3 anchors is 8 inch (203 mm). 4 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a jig as part of product quality control. These values are not intended for design purposes. 5 Bolt strength specified by minimum tensile and yield strength. Bolt fracture load not applicable. 6 Bolt fracture load not applicable to carbon steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths are, f ut 105 ksi and f y 90 ksi. 8 For 3/4 x 12, fut 88 ksi and f y 75 ksi. Bolt fracture load not applicable. 7 Bolt fracture load not applicable to stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths are, fut 90 ksi and f y 76 ksi.

Table 6 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 4-3/4 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/2 1 (25.4) 6 9 (89) (57) (89) (121) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (165) (114) (152) (229) 2-1/2 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 300 (1.3) 635 (2.8) 755 (3.4) 730 (3.2) 1260 (5.6) 1580 (7.0) 1235 (5.5) 1930 (8.6) 2135 (9.5) 1920 (8.5) 2660 (11.8) 3285 (14.6) 2120 (9.4) 3240 (14.4) 4535 (20.2) 3330 (14.8) 4930 (21.9) 6670 (29.7) 1460 3 (6.5) 1865 (8.3) 3020 5 (13.4) 2750 (12.2) 4885 5 (21.7) 4090 (18.2) 5340 (23.8) 7070 (31.4) 9200 (40.9) 365 (1.6) 715 (3.2) 795 (3.5) 910 (4.0) 1555 (6.9) 1770 (7.9) 1430 (6.4) 2185 (9.7) 2355 (10.5) 2065 (9.2) 3020 (13.4) 3695 (16.4) 2425 (10.8) 4260 (18.9) 5860 (26.1) 4050 (18.0) 6000 (26.7) 7670 (34.1) 1460 3 (6.5) 2300 (10.2) 3020 5 (13.4) 3410 (15.2) 4885 5 (21.7) 4900 (21.8) 5340 (23.8) 7600 (33.8) 9200 (40.9) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 430 (1.9) 800 (3.6) 840 (3.7) 1095 (4.9) 1850 (8.2) 1965 (8.7) 1620 (7.2) 2440 (10.9) 2575 (11.5) 2210 (9.8) 3385 (15.1) 4100 (18.2) 2730 (12.1) 5285 (23.5) 7185 (32) 4670 (20.8) 7070 (31.4) 8670 (38.6) 1460 3 (6.5) 2735 4 (12.2) 3020 5 (13.4) 4070 6 (18.1) 4885 5 (21.7) 5710 6 (25.4) 7325 7 (32.6) 8140 (36.2) 9200 (40.9) 550 (2.4) 530 (2.4) 845 (3.8) 1090 (4.8) 2060 (9.2) 2150 (9.6) 1975 (8.8) 3240 (14.4) 3620 (16.1) 2830 (12.6) 4770 (21.2) 5325 (23.7) 3785 (16.8) 6155 (27.4) 7005 (31.2) 5070 (22.6) 8400 (37.4) 10670 (47.5) 1460 3 (6.5) 530 (2.4)
530 (2.4)
530 (2.4)
1135 (5.0)
1275 (5.7)
1420 (6.3)
3020 5 (13.4)
4885 5 (21.7)
5710 6 (25.4) 7325 8 (32.6)
9200 (40.9)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation. 2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 10%. 4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 12%. 5 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 20%. 6 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 7%. 7 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 25%. 8 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

Table 7 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 4-3/4 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 6-1/2 4-1/2 1 (25.4) 6 9 (89) (57) (89) (121) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (165) (114) (152) (229) 2-1/2 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1120 (5.0) 2375 (10.5) 2830 (12.6) 2740 (12.2) 4720 (21.0) 5925 (26.4) 4635 (20.6) 7240 (32.2) 8000 (35.6) 7210 (32.1) 9975 (44.4) 12315 (54.8) 7955 (35.4) 12150 (54.0) 17000 (75.6) 12500 (55.6) 18500 (82.3) 25000 (111.2) 5475 3 (24.4) 7000 (31.1) 11330 5 (50.4) 10315 (45.9) 18315 5 (81.5) 15335 (68.2) 20030 (89.1) 26500 (117.9) 34500 (153.5) 1370 (6.1) 2690 (12.0) 2990 (13.3) 3420 (15.2) 5830 (25.9) 6645 (29.6) 5355 (23.8) 8195 (36.5) 8830 (39.3) 7750 (34.5) 11335 (50.4) 13850 (61.6) 9100 (40.5) 15985 (71.1) 21970 (97.7) 15200 (67.6) 22500 (100.1) 28750 (127.9) 5475 3 (24.4) 8630 (38.4) 11330 5 (50.4) 12790 (56.9) 18315 5 (81.5) 18375 (81.7) 20030 (89.1) 28500 (126.8) 34500 (153.5) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1615 (7.2) 3000 (13.3) 3150 (14.0) 4100 (18.2) 6935 (30.8) 7365 (32.8) 6075 (27.0) 9145 (40.7) 9655 (42.9) 8285 (36.9) 12690 (56.4) 15385 (68.4) 10245 (45.6) 19820 (86.2) 26935 (119.8) 17500 (77.8) 26500 (117.9) 32500 (144.6) 5475 3 (24.4) 10260 4 (45.6) 11330 5 (50.4) 15265 6 (67.9) 18315 5 (81.5) 21410 6 (95.2) 27475 7 (122.2) 30500 (135.7) 34500 (153.5) 2060 (9.2) 1995 (8.9) 3165 (14.1) 4095 (18.2) 7730 (34.4) 8055 (35.8) 7410 (33.0) 12140 (54.0) 13585 (60.4) 10615 (47.2) 17890 (79.6) 19970 (88.8) 14185 (63.1) 23085 (102.7) 26260 (116.8) 19000 (84.5) 31500 (140.1) 40000 (177.9) 5475 3 (24.4) 1995 (8.9)
1995 (8.9)
1995 (8.9)
4250 (18.9)
4790 (21.3)
5328 (23.7)
11330 5 (50.4)
18315 5 (81.5)
21410 6 (95.2) 27475 8 (122.2)
34500 (153.5)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation. 2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 10%. 4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 12%. 5 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 20%. 6 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 7%. 7 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 25%. 8 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

Table 8 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) (57) (89) 2-1/2 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 260 (1.2) 540 (2.4) 685 (3) 605 (2.7) 1285 (5.7) 1620 (7.2) 1015 (4.5) 1445 (6.4) 1990 (8.9) 1650 (7.3) 2455 (10.9) 3480 (15.5) 1550 (6.9) 2510 (11.2) 2930 (13.0) 3120 (13.9) 4400 (19.6) 5600 (24.9) 1655 3 (7.4) 1875 (8.3) 3170 3 (14.1) 2875 (12.8) 4870 3 (21.7) 3945 (17.5) 5535 (24.6) 6080 (27.0) 7470 (33.2) 595 (2.6) 675 (3.0) 880 (3.9) 320 (1.4) 625 (2.8) 750 (3.3) 670 (3.0) 1430 (6.4) 1755 (7.8) 1230 (5.5) 1975 (8.8) 2250 (10.0) 1755 (7.8) 2900 (12.9) 3885 (17.3) 1950 (8.7) 3250 (14.5) 3735 (16.6) 3870 (17.2) 6400 (28.5) 8000 (35.6) 1655 3 (7.4) 2130 (9.5) 3170 3 (14.1) 3485 (15.5) 4870 3 (21.7) 4260 (18.9) 5535 (24.6) 6770 (30.1) 7470 (33.2) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear 2 Tension Shear 2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 380 (1.7) 705 (3.1) 810 (3.6) 730 (3.2) 1575 (7.0) 1885 (8.4) 1450 (6.4) 2510 (11.2) 1860 (8.3) 3340 (14.9) 4290 (19.1) 2350 (10.5) 3870 (17.2) 4530 (20.2) 4610 (20.5) 7200 (32.0) 9390 (41.8) 1870 4 (8.3) 2380 (10.6) 3580 4 (15.9) 4095 (18.2) 4870 3 (21.7) 725 (3.2) 805 (3.6) 1345 (6.0) 470 (2.1) 910 (4.0) 950 (4.2) 1940 (8.6) 2035 (9.1) 1620 (7.2) 2655 (11.8) 2985 (13.3) 2335 (10.4) 4395 (19.5) 6260 (27.8) 2610 (11.6) 4670 (20.8) 5120 (22.8) 4800 (21.4) 7330 (32.6) 9390 (41.8) 1870 4 (8.3) 2740 (12.2) 3580 4 ( 15.9) 805 (3.6)
675 (3.0)
1110 (4.9)
1690 (7.5)
4-3/4 (121) 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 (70) (102)
4870 3 (21.7)
5-1/2 (140) 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) (83)
4-3/4 (121) 8 (203)
5645 (25.1)
5645 (25.1)
4-1/2 (114) 1 (25.4) 6 9 (152) (229)
7420 (33.0)
7470 (33.2)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation. 2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads. 3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value by 5%. 4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

Table 9 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-1/8 1/4 (6.4) 2 3 1-5/8 3/8 (9.5) 3-1/2 2-1/4 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 4-3/4 2-3/4 5/8 (15.9) 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 8 4-1/2 1 (25.4) 6 9 (89) (57) (89) (121) (70) (102) (140) (83) (121) (203) (114) (152) (229) 2-1/2 (29) (51) (76) (41) (64) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 980 (4.4) 2035 (9.1) 2580 (11.5) 2275 (10.1) 4825 (21.5) 6075 (27.0) 3805 (16.9) 5415 (24.1) 7460 (33.2) 6185 (27.5) 9205 (40.9) 13040 (58.0) 5800 (25.8) 9400 (41.8) 11000 (48.9) 11700 (52.0) 16500 (73.4) 21000 (93.4) 6210 3 (27.6) 7030 (31.3) 11885 3 (52.9) 10790 (48.0) 18270 3 (81.3) 14790 (65.8) 20750 (92.3) 22800 (101.4) 28000 (124.6) 2240 (10.0) 2530 (11.3) 3300 (14.7) 1205 (5.4) 2340 (10.4) 2810 (12.5) 2505 (11.1) 5365 (23.9) 6575 (29.2) 4620 (20.6) 7410 (33.0) 8435 (37.5) 6580 (29.3) 10870 (48.4) 14560 (64.8) 7300 (32.5) 11950 (53.2) 14000 (62.3) 14500 (64.5) 21750 (96.7) 28100 (125.0) 6210 3 (27.6) 7980 (35.5) 11885 3 (52.9) 13075 (58.2) 18270 3 (81.3) 15980 (71.1) 20750 (92.3) 25400 (113.0) 28000 (124.6) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear2 Tension Shear2 lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1430 (6.4) 2640 (11.7) 3040 (13.5) 2735 (12.2) 5905 (26.3) 7075 (31.5) 5435 (24.2) 9405 (41.8) 6975 (31.0) 12530 (55.7) 16080 (71.5) 8800 (39.1) 14500 (64.5) 17000 (75.6) 17300 (77.0) 27000 (120.1) 35200 (156.6) 7005 4 (31.2) 8930 (39.7) 13425 4 (59.7) 15360 (68.3) 18270 3 (81.3) 2725 (12.1) 3020 (13.4) 5045 (22.4) 1755 (7.8) 3415 (15.2) 3560 (15.8) 7270 (32.3) 7625 (33.9) 6080 (27.0) 9950 (44.3) 11200 (49.8) 8760 (39.0) 16490 (73.4) 23475 (104.4) 9800 (43.6) 17500 (77.8) 19200 (85.4) 18000 (80.1) 27500 (122.3) 35200 (156.6) 7005 4 (31.2) 10285 (45.7) 13425 4 (59.7) 3020 (13.4)
2530 (11.3)
4175 (18.6)
6330 3 (28.2)
18270 3 (81.3)
21160 (94.1)
21160 (94.1)
28000 (124.6)
28000 (124.6)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation. 2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads. 3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value by 5%. 4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

Table 10 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1, 2
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/2 (89) 4-3/4 (121) 2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 5-1/2 (140) 3-1/4 (83) 4-3/4 (121) 6-1/2 (165) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1125 (5.0) 1895 (8.4) 2215 (9.9) 1785 (7.9) 2545 (11.3) 3375 (15.0) 2355 (10.5) 3730 (16.6) 5115 (22.8) 1785 (7.9) 2190 (9.7) 1265 (5.6) 2115 (9.4) 2530 (11.3) 1965 (8.7) 3155 (14.0) 4030 (17.9) 2545 (11.3) 4350 (19.3) 5805 (25.8) 1785 (7.9) 2190 (9.7) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 1400 (6.2) 2335 (10.4) 2845 (12.7) 2140 (9.5) 3765 (16.7) 4030 (17.9) 2735 (12.2) 4970 (22.1) 6495 (28.9) 1655 (7.4) 3105 (13.8) 3740 (16.6) 2745 (12.2) 5280 (23.5) 6055 (26.9) 2825 (12.6) 5805 (25.8) 7520 (33.5)
1/2 (12.7)
2190 (9.7)
2190 (9.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3780 (16.8)
3780 (16.8)
3780 (16.8)
3790 (16.8)
4240 (18.9) 5340 (23.8)
4240 (18.9) 5340 (23.8)
3/4 (19.1)
5340 (23.8)
5340 (23.8)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation. 2 Shear values are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.
Table 11 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1, 2

Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/2 (89) 4-3/4 (121) 2-3/4 (70) 4 (102) 5-1/2 (140) 3-1/4 (83) 4-3/4 (121) 6-1/2 (165) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 4220 (18.8) 7100 (31.6) 8310 (37.0) 6690 (29.8) 9550 (42.5) 12650 (56.3) 8825 (39.3) 13995 (62.3) 19180 (85.3) 6695 (29.8) 8210 (36.5) 4740 (21.1) 7935 (35.3) 9495 (42.2) 7360 (32.7) 11835 (52.6) 15115 (67.2) 9545 (42.5) 16315 (72.6) 21770 (96.8) 6695 (29.8) 8210 (36.5) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa) Tension Shear Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 5255 (23.4) 8765 (39.0) 10675 (47.5) 8030 (35.7) 14120 (62.8) 17575 (78.2) 10260 (45.6) 18635 (82.9) 24355 (108.3) 6210 (27.6) 11645 (51.8) 14030 (62.4) 10295 (45.8) 19800 (88.1) 22705 (101.0) 10600 (47.2) 21765 (96.8) 28210 (125.5)
1/2 (12.7)
8210 (36.5)
8210 (36.5)
5/8 (15.9)
14170 (63.0)
14170 (63.0)
14170 (63.0)
14170 (63.0)
15900 (70.7) 20030 (89.1)
15900 (70.7) 20030 (89.1)
3/4 (19.1)
20030 (89.1)
20030 (89.1)
1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation. 2 Shear values are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.

Table 12 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1, 3
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm)
'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Tension
Tension
Tension
Shear2
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
1-1/8 2 1-5/8 2-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 2-3/4 4 3-1/4 4-3/4
(29) (51) (41) (64) (57) (89) (70) (102) ( 83) (121)
275 595 585 1120 1160 1810 1560 2485 1920 3035
(1.2) (2.6) (2.6) (5.0) (5.2) (8.1) (6.9) (11.1) (8.5) (13.5)
335 675 685 1340 1340 2050 1815 2830 2240 3995
(1.5) (3.0) (3.0) (6.0) (6.0) (9.1) (8.1) (12.6) (10.0) (17.8)
400 750 785 1560 1520 2285 2070 3170 2560 4955
(1.8) (3.3) (3.5) (6.9) (6.8) (10.2) (9.2) (14.1) (11.4) (22)
400 400 890 1345 1750 2835 2580 3360 3835 5010
(1.8) (1.8) (4.0) (5.9) (7.8) (12.6) (11.5) (14.9) (17.1) (22.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0. 2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads. 3 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
Table 13 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1, 3

Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm)
'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Tension
Tension
Tension
Shear2
1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)
1-1/8 2 1-5/8 2-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 2-3/4 4
(29) (51) (41) (64) (57) (89) (70) (102)
245 510 560 920 950 1355 1470 2300
(1.1) (2.3) (2.5) (4.1) (4.2) (6.0) (6.5) (10.2)
300 585 625 1200 1155 1855 1605 2715
(1.3) (2.6) (2.8) (5.3) (5.1) (8.3) (7.1) (12.1)
355 660 685 1475 1360 2350 1745 3130
(1.6) (2.9) (3.0) (6.6) (6.0) (10.5) (7.8) (13.9)
545 630 825 1345 1755 2955 2695 4500
(2.4) (2.8) (3.7) (6.0) (7.8) (13.1) (12.0) (20.0)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0. 2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads. 3 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
Table 14 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for anchor installed at 1-3/4 in. Edge Distance in Normal-Weight Concrete1 'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Min Depth Enbedment in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear Perpendicular Parallel to Edge to Edge lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
3 (76) 3 (76) 4-1/2 (114)
955 (4.2) 930 (4.1) 1285 (5.7)
410 (1.8) 375 (1.7) 445 (2.0)
915 (4.1) 1000 (4.4) 1415 (6.3)
1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.

Table 15 - Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Installed into the Underside of Metal Profile Deck into Lightweight Concrete1
Anchor Material
Anchor Diameter in. (mm)

1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)
Embedment Depth in. (mm)

2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 2 (51) 2-1/2 (64) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102)
'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension lb (kN)

620 (2.8) 1035 (4.6) 1725 (7.7) 2220 (9.9) 615 (2.7) 1015 (4.5) 1475 (6.6) 2220 (9.8)
Shear2 lb (kN)
713 (3.2) 1370 (6.1) 2435 (10.8) 3160 (14.1) 650 (2.9) 1450 (6.4) 2200 (9.8) 3355 (14.9)
Carbon Steel
Stainless Steel
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.
Figure 3 - Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck
Table 16 - Countersunk Kwik Bolt Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor Material Carbon Steel Stainless Steel

1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5) 1/4 (6.4) 3/8 (9.5)
Embedment Depth in. (mm)

1-1/8 (29) 1-5/8 (41) 1-1/8 (29) 1-5/8 (41)
'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Tension lb (kN)

365 (1.6) 810 (3.6) 320 (1.4) 670 (3.0)
Shear2 lb (kN)
350 (1.6) 750 (3.3) 500 (2.2) 1330 (5.9)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Shear values acting thru threads of anchor bolt. If acting through the empty shell, reduce loads by 70%.

Table 17 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for Anchors Installed in Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Wall1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear V1 lb (kN) V2 lb (kN)
V2 V1
1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9)
3 (76) 3-1/2 (89)
645 (2.9) 850 (3.8)
310 (1.4) 310 (1.4)
615 (2.7) 615 (2.7)
1 Masonry prism strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17.
Table 18 - HHDCA Ceiling Hanger Allowable Loads1

Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Minimum Embedment in. (mm) Normal-Weight Concrete 2 Tension Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) Lightweight Concrete 3 Tension lb (kN) Lightweight over Metal Deck 3 Tension lb (kN)
1/4 (6.4)
1-1/4 (32)
410 (1.8)
425 (1.9)
260 (1.2)
294 (1.3)
1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0. 2 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into normal-weight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at the time of installation. 3 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into lightweight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at the time of installation.
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N V ( N ) + (V )

d 5/3 d rec rec 5/3
1.0
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

1 s = on-center fastening spacing c = edge distance from center of bolt. 2 Apply appropriate load reduction factors for tension and shear if anchor spacing and/or edge distance is less than the critical spacing (s cr ) or edge distance (c cr ) as defined on pages 87-89.
c1 h s t
V c2

Table 19 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) Anchor Depth in. (mm) Min. Distance from Edge of Block in. (mm)
Tension lb (kN)
Shear lb (kN)
1-1/8 (29) 1/4 (6.4) 2 (51) 1-5/8 (41) 3/8 (9.5) 2-1/2 (64) 2-1/4 (57) 1/2 (12.7) 3-1/2 (89) 2-3/4 (70) 5/8 (15.9) 4 (102) 3-1/4 (83) 3/4 (19.1) 4-3/4 (121)
4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12 4 12
(102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305) (102) (305)
150 (0.7) 540 (2.4) 320 (1.4) 340 (1.5) 780 (3.5) 630 (2.8) 665 (3.0) 905 (4.0) 815 (3.6) 865 (3.8) 1240 (5.5) 1295 (5.8) 1035 (4.6) 1645 (7.3) 1710 (7.6)
380 (1.7) 445 (2.0) 735 (3.3) 940 (4.2) 1010 (4.5) 1395 (6.2) 830 (3.7) 1465 ( 6.5) 1080 (4.8) 2375 (10.6) 890 (4.0) 2165 (9.6) 970 (4.3) 2770 (12.3) 785 (3.5) 3135 (13.8 ) 825 (3.7) 3305 (14.7 )
1 Values are for anchors installed in Type 1 Grade N, lightweight, medium-weight, or normal-weight concrete masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4. The masonry units must be fully grouted with coarse grout conforming to UBC Standard 21-15, Type S, N, or M. Masonry prism compressive strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation when tested in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17. 2 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1-3/8 inch from any vertical mortar joint (see figure). 3 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell. 4 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 5 Linear interpolation to determine load values at intermediate edge distances is permitted. 6 All allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0
Figure 4 - Installation in grout-filled concrete masonry unit
1 Anchor installation is allowed in all non-shaded areas.

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors
Edge Reduction Factor Tension
Adjustment Conditions
Critical Edge Distance
Minimum Edge Distance
Emb Ratio c/h c = 1.75 c/h c = 1.00 Reduction f RN = 1.00 f RN = 0.80 h c = h act for h min h act h nom h c = h nom for h act > h nom h act = Actual Embedment c = Actual Edge Distance f RN = Edge Distance Reduction Factor for Tension Loading fRN
Edge Reduction Factor Shear
c/h c
Shear Plane Correlation
Shear Conditions
Adjustment Conditions fRV Reduction factor at Min. Edge Distance
f RV1 Shear towards edge f RV1 = 0.50 f RV2 Shear parallel edge f RV2 = 0.60 f RV3 Shear away from edge f RV3 = 0.83 embedment to edge distance ratio c/h min = 3.00 at critical edge distance embedment to edge distance ratio c/h min = 1.50 at minimum edge distance c = Actual Edge Distance h min = Min Embedment for Specific Anchor Diameter fRV
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors

Adjustment Conditions Critical Anchor Spacing Minimum Anchor Spacing
c/h min
Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Tension
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00 Reduction f AN = 1.00 f AN = 0.60 for h min h act h nom h c = h act h c = h nom for h act > h nom h act = Actual Embedment c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension Loading fAN
Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor Shear
s/h c
Adjustment Conditions
Critical Anchor Spacing
Minimum Anchor Spacing
Emb Ratio s/h c = 2.25 s/h c = 1.00 Reduction f AV = 1.00 f AV = 0.90 h c = hact for h min h act h nom h c = hnom for h act > h nom h act = Actual Embedment c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension Loading
s/h c
fAV

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance Load Adjustment Factors for 1/4 in. Diameter Anchors
Adjustment Factor 1/4 in.
Embedment Depth, in.
Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
Spacing Tension f AN
1-1/8 2
Edge Distance Tension, f RN

1-1/8 2
Spacing Shear f AV
1-1/8 2
Edge Distance Shear II away toward to from edge edge edge f RV1 f RV2 f RV3
1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8
1/4
3/8
1-1/8 1-11/16 1-3/4 2 2 -1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/8 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 4-3/4 5
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.75 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.99 1.00
0.80 0.93 0.95 0.60 1.00 0.80 0.64 0.83 0.68 0.87 0.76 0.93 0.82 0.98 0.84 1.00 0.92 1.00
0.90 0.94 0.50 0.60 0.94 0.52 0.61 0.96 0.90 0.59 0.67 0.98 0.91 0.67 0.73 1.00 0.92 0.74 0.79 0.94 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.00 1.00 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.83 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.96 1.00
1/2
h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep
1-1/8 2 3 1-5/8 2-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/2 4-3/4
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8 in. Diameter Anchors

1-5/8
Spacing Shear f AV
Spacing Tension
h min h acth nom f AN = s/hact + 0.88 3.13 h act h nom f AN = s/h nom + 0.88 3.13
2-1/2 1-5/8
2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8
1-5/8 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-1/4 3-1/2 3-3/4 4 4-1/2 5 5-5/8 5-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.87 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.86 0.92 0.90 0.93 0.60 0.94 0.80 0.94 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.97 0.70 0.88 0.98 0.73 0.91 0.99 0.76 0.93 1.00 0.79 0.96 0.86 1.00 0.92 1.00
Edge Distance Tension 0.90 0.92 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.51 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.82 0.92 1.00 0.61 0.69 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.86 0.94 1.00 0.83 0.87 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
h min h acth nom f RN = c/h act + 2 3.75 h act h nom f RN = c/h nom + 2 3.75
Spacing Shear
h min h acth nom f AV = s/hact + 10.25 12.5 h act h nom f AV = s/h nom + 10.25 12.5

Edge Distance Shear

h act h min c 3h min perpendicular toward edge f RV1 =
2-1/4
Spacing Shear f AV
3-1/2 2-1/4
3-1/2 2-1/4
3-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4
parallel to edge f RV2 = c/h min + 0.75 3.75 c/h min + 5.82 8.82
2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-1/4 4-3/4 5 5-3/4 6 6-1/2 7-1/4 7-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.64 0.71 0.76 0.81 0.88 0.96 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.83 0.91 0.89 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.62 0.98 0.82 0.95 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.97 0.71 0.90 0.99 0.74 0.91 1.00 0.81 0.97 0.83 1.00 0.87 0.94 1.00
0.91 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00
0.50 0.56 0.63 0.70 0.74 0.85 0.89 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.88 0.91 0.97 1.00
0.83 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.95 0.96 0.99 1.00
perpendicular away from edge f RV3 =
Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all lightweight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and 0.85, respectively.

Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8 in. Diameter Anchors
Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)
2-3/4 4

2-3/4 4
Spacing Shear f AV
2-3/4 4
2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4
5/8
3/4
2-3/4 3-1/2 4 4-1/4 4-3/4 5-1/2 6 6-1/4 7 7-1/2 7-3/4 8-1/2 9
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.69 0.75 0.77 0.83 0.92 0.98 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.87 0.92 0.60 0.92 0.80 0.94 0.90 0.62 0.95 0.82 0.94 0.91 0.66 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.92 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.93 0.76 0.93 0.99 0.94 0.78 0.95 1.00 0.95 0.84 1.00 0.96 0.88 0.97 0.90 0.98 0.96 0.99 1.00
0.52 0.58 0.67 0.73 0.76 0.85 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.61 0.66 0.73 0.78 0.81 0.88 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.84 0.86 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.97 0.98 1.00
h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep h min h nom h deep
2-3/4 4 5-1/2 3-1/4 4-3/4 6-1/21 4-1/2 6 9
1 Embedment depth shown reflects embedment for carbon steel anchor, deep embedment depth for stainless steel anchor is 8 inch.

3-1/4
Spacing Shear f AV
Spacing Tension
h min h acth nom f AN = s/hact + 0.88 3.13 h act h nom f AN = s/h nom + 0.88 3.13
4-3/4 3-1/4
4-3/4 3-1/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4
3-3/8 4 5 5-3/4 6-1/4 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8-1/4 9 9-3/4 10-1/4 10-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.61 0.67 0.77 0.85 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.81 0.90 0.86 0.92 0.62 0.94 0.81 0.94 0.67 1.00 0.86 0.96 0.70 0.88 0.97 0.72 0.90 0.98 0.75 0.93 0.99 0.79 0.95 1.00 0.84 1.00 0.89 0.94 0.97 1.00
Edge Distance Tension 0.90 0.92 0.93 0.93 0.94 0.95 0.96 0.97 0.98 0.99 1.00 0.51 0.59 0.64 0.67 0.72 0.77 0.85 0.92 1.00 0.61 0.67 0.71 0.73 0.77 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
h min h acth nom f RN = c/h act + 2 3.75 h act h nom f RN = c/h nom + 2 3.75
Spacing Shear
h min h acth nom f AV = s/hact + 10.25 12.5 h act h nom f AV = s/h nom + 10.25 12.5
Load Adjustment Factors for 1 in. Diameter Anchors

Adjustment Factor 1 in.
Edge Distance Shear

h act h min c 3h min perpendicular toward edge f RV1 =
4-1/2 6

4-1/2 6
Spacing Shear f AV
4-1/2 6
4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2
parallel to edge f RV2 = c/h min + 0.75 3.75 c/h min + 5.82 8.82
4-1/2 6 7 8 9 9-3/4 10-1/4 11-1/4 11-5/8 12-1/2 13 13-1/2 14-3/4
Spacing (in.)
0.60 0.71 0.78 0.85 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.80 0.90 0.60 0.89 0.80 0.93 0.90 0.65 0.95 0.84 0.94 0.91 0.52 0.61 0.84 0.71 1.00 0.89 0.96 0.93 0.59 0.67 0.86 0.76 0.93 0.98 0.94 0.67 0.73 0.89 0.80 0.97 0.99 0.95 0.72 0.78 0.91 0.83 0.99 1.00 0.96 0.76 0.81 0.92 0.88 1.00 0.97 0.83 0.87 0.94 0.90 0.98 0.86 0.89 0.95 0.95 0.99 0.93 0.94 0.97 0.97 0.99 0.96 0.97 0.99 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
perpendicular away from edge f RV3 =
Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all lightweight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and 0.85, respectively.
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal diameter as the Kwik Bolt 3. The hole depth must exceed the anchor embedment by at least one diameter. The fixture may be used as a drilling template to ensure proper anchor location.
2. Clean hole.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt 3 into the hole using a hammer. The anchor must be driven until at least six threads are below the surface of the fixture.
4. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.

Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Drill.
2. Clean.
3.Thread post nut completely onto anchor. Tap into hole.
4. Loosen screw two full turns.
5. Tap-in again.
6. Tighten.
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions
1. Drill.
2. Clean.
3. Tap-in.
4. Tighten.
Hilti Ceiling Kwik Bolt (HHDCA) Anchor Installation Instructions
Drill Depth 1-1/4"
1. Drill hole using 1/4" bit.
2. Tap in.
3. Pry downward.
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor Ordering Information

Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line
Size Length ( ) in. (mm) Thread Length ( th) in. (mm) ID Stamp Box Item No. Carbon Steel 304 SS 316 SS HDG
1/4 x 1-3/4 1/4 x 2-1/4 1/4 x 3-1/4 1/4 x 4-1/2 3/8 x 2-1/4 3/8 x 3 3/8 x 3-3/4 3/8 x 5 3/8 x 7 1/2 x 2-3/4 1/2 x 3-3/4 1/2 x 4-1/2 1/2 x 5-1/2 1/2 x 7 5/8 x 3-3/4 5/8 x 4-3/4 5/8 x 6 5/8 x 7 5/8 x 8-1/2 5/8 x 10 3/4 x 4-3/4
1-3/4 (44) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/4 (83) 4-1/2 (114) 2-1/4 (57) 3 (76) 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) 7 (178) 2-3/4 (70) 3-3/4 (95) 4-1/2 (114) 5-1/2 (140) 7 (178) 3-3/4 (95) 4-3/4 (121) 6 (152) 7 (178) 8-1/2 (216) 10 (254) 4-3/4 (121)
3/4 (18) 7/8 (22) 2 (51) 7/8 (22) 2-7/8 (75) 7/8 (22) 1-1/4 (32) 1-1/2 (40) 1-1/4 (32) 2-1/4 (59) 1-1/4 (32) 3-1/2 (91) 5-1/2 (142) 1-1/4 (33) 1-5/16 (35) 2-3/16 (56) 1-5/16 (35) 2-7/8 (75) 1-5/16 (35) 3-3/4 (96) 4-3/4 (121) 1-1/2 (41) 2-3/4 1-1/2 4 1-1/2 4-3/4 6-1/2 7 (70) (41) (102) (41) (121) (166) (180)
A B D G B D E H L C E G I L E G J L O R G 10 20 10 20 10 20 10 20 15 25 50 100
1-1/2 (41) 2-7/16 (62) 1-1/2 (41) 3/4 x 5-1/2 5-1/2 (140) 3-7/16 (85) 3/4 x 7 3/4 x 8 3/4 x 10 3/4 x 12 1x6 1x9 1 x 12 7 (178) 8 10 12 6 9 12 (203) (254) (305) (152) (114) (114) 1-1/2 (41) 4-5/8 (119) 5-3/4 (146) 5-7/8 (152) 2-1/4 (57) 6 (152) L N R T J P T I
10
282502 282503 282504 282521 282505 282506 282522 282507 282523 282508 282524 282525 252509 282510 282526 282511 282527 282512 282528 282529 282513 282514 282530 282515 282531 282516 282532 282533 282534 282517 282535 282518 282536 282519 282537 282520 282538 286016 286017 286018 286019
282539 282540 282541 282553 282542 282543 282554 282544 282555 282545 282556 282557 282546 282547 282558 282548 282559 282549 282560 282561 282550 282551 282562 282552 282563 282564 286020 286021 286024 286025 286026 286027 286028 286029 286030 286031 286032
282565 282566 282567 282568 282569 282570 282571 282572 282573 282574 286033 286034 286035 286036 -
378083 378084 378085 378086 378087 378088 378089 378090 378091 -

Countersunk Kwik Bolt Anchor Product Line
Size Length in. (mm) Item No. Box Quantity Carbon Steel 304 SS
C1/4 x 2 C1/4 x 3 C1/4 x 5 C3/8 x 2-1/4 C3/8 x 3 C3/8 x 4 C3/8 x 5
2 3 5 2-1/4 3 4 5
(51) (76) (127) (57) (76) (102) (127)
100 100 100 100 100 50 50
286037 286038 286039 286040 286041 286042 286043
286044 286045 -
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line

Size Length in. (mm) Thread Length in. (mm) ID Stamp Box Quantity Item No. Carbon Steel
3/8 x 2-1/4
2-1/4 (57)
7/8 (22)
100
283470
HHDCA Ceiling Anchor Product Line

Size Length in. (mm) Eyelet Size in. Item No. Box Quantity Carbon Steel
1/4 x 2
2-1/32 (52)
5/16
100
371389
Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor
Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor (3/8" x 2 1/4" only)
HHDCA Ceiling Hanger (1/4" x 2" only)
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Sample Calculations

Given: 2-1/2 in. KB3 anchors under static tension load as shown. hef = 3.25 in. Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi No supplementary reinforcing. Assume uncracked concrete. Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c) Calculate the allowable tension load for this configuration.
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report. Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: Step 2. Calculate steel capacity Nsa = (0.75) (23,320) = 17,490 lb . Nsa = n A se f ut = (2) (0.11) (106,000) = 23,320 lb Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension
AN
h ef = 3.25
1.5h ef
h = 6
s = 6''
1.5h ef
c = 4''
1.5h ef
Code Ref. D.5.1.2
D.4.4 a) D.5.2.1
N cbg =
A Nc ( A Nco
ec,N
)(
ed,N )
c,N )
cp,N )
Step 3a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: h min = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok From Table 3; c a,min = 1.625 in. when s 4.25 in. ... ok Step 3b. Check: 1.5 hef = (1.5) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c 3.0h ef = (3.0) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s Step 3c. Calculate A No and A N for the anchorage: A No = 9h e f 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2 A N = (1.5 hef + c ) (3hef + s) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3) (3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2 x A No ... ok Step 3d. Calculate ec,N : e N' = O: e c,N = 1.0 Step 3e. Calculate N b : N b = k uncr N b = 24 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 7,702 lb
ed,N
D.8 D.5.2.1 D.5.2.1 D.5.2.4 D.5.2.4
f 'c
(h e f )1.5
Step 3f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance:
= 0.7 + 0.3
[ (1.5) (3.25) ] = 0.95

4
D.5.2.5
Step 3g. Calculate modification factor for splitting: max | c a,min : 1.5 x h e f | max | 4 : 1.5 x 3.25 | = = 0.72 cp,N = c ac 6.75 Step 3h. Calculate N cbg : 139.8 N cbg = (1.0) (0.95) (1.0) (0.72) (7,702) = 7,744 lb 95.1
D.5.2.7
D.5.2.1 3000 = 15,095 lb 2500 D.5.3.2
Step 4. Check pullout strength: per Table 3, N p, uncr = (2) (6890) Does not control Step 5. Controlling strength:
N cbg = (0.65) (7,744 lb) = 5,034 lb, controls 5,034 Step 6. Convert value to ASD: N allow = 3,595 lb 1.4
D.4.4 c) _
HUS-H Screw Anchor Product Description

The Hilti HUS-H Fastening System consists of the HUS-H fastener, the SI 100 impact wrench and a standard ANSI drill bit. The HUS-H is a concrete screw anchor designed for use in normal-weight concrete. The anchor is formed with a hex head, an integral washer, a double lead thread, and a chamfered tip and has a zinc flake coating (Deltatone). Product Features Two step hardening process - Hardened tip to facilitate quick and easy cutting into concrete - Relatively ductile shank to reduce risk of sudden brittle failure and/or Hydrogen Assisted Stress Corrosion Cracking (HASCC) Deltatone coating process does not induce HASCC and has up to 240 hr. salt spray (tested to ASTM B117). No special bit required, standard ANSI bit HUS-H Anchors, SI 100 impact wrench, Hilti Drill and Drill Bits form a total system. Bolt head finish, no protruding thread Hilti name and anchor length on head facilitates quality control and inspection after installation Comprehensive performance testing to provide high and consistent performance in concrete Keying/Undercutting of threads allows for immediate load application Pressed-on washer for greater setting convenience Tapered tip and double lead thread allow for easy installation
Guide Specifications Anchor Concrete anchor shall be carbon steel, screw type with double lead thread and a Deltatone coating. Anchor will bear the diameter and length on the bolt head that is visible after installation. Anchors shall be HUS-H as supplied by Hilti. Installation Drill hole with a Hilti ANSI standard carbide tipped drill bit. Remove dust from the hole with oil free compressed air. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench (or using manual wrench), install anchor into hole until flush against top of fixture.
Listings/Approvals
European Technical Approval (ETA) ETA-06/0159
Carbon Steel HUS-H Screw Anchors conform DIN EN 10263-4
Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 130 (900) 145 (1000)
Deltatone Coating Deltatone is a highly reactive zinc-rich system based on an inorganic material. It sticks to the steel substrate by a chemical reaction instead of mechanical adhesion. In contrast to electrolytic plating, no hydrogen (which can lead to HASCC). Thanks to the binding agents and high zinc content, a closed film with cathodic protection effect is achieved after the curing process. A further important advantage lies in the suppression of the so-called white corrosion or oxidation of the zinc surface. The high zinc content of the Deltatone coating material helps protect steel against corrosion. Screw Anchors coated with Deltatone are tested in accordance with DIN 50021 / ASTM B117 and achieve a level of 0 % Base material Corrosion after 240 hrs. Salt spray Test. The HUS-H Screw Anchor undergoes a Case Hardening (Carbo Nitration) process, followed by a partial inductive heat-treatment. This process helps ensure optimum cutting performance while maintaining a ductile anchor shaft.
HUS-H Screw Anchor Technical Data

HUS-H Specification Table Nominal Anchor Diameter Details d bit nominal bit diameter h ef min./std/deep depth of embedment h 1 min. hole depth Tmax max. tightening torque d h min. thread clearance hole in plate h in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) 2 (51) 3/8 (9.5) 5/16 (7.9) 2-3/4 (70) 2 (51) 1/2 (12.7) 7/16 (11.1) 3 (89) 2-3/8 (60) 5/8 (15.9) 9/16 (14.3) 4 (102) h ef + 3/8 (h ef + 9.5) 48 (65) 11/16 (17.5) 5-3/8 (137)
h ef + 3/8 (h ef + 9.5) 26 (35) 7/16 (11.1)
h ef + 3/8 (h ef + 9.5) 33 (45) 9/16 (14.3)
min. base material thickness
3" (76 mm) or 1.3 h ef whichever is greater
HUSH-H Lengths1 Nominal Anchor Diameter dh t 3/8 Length2 in. (mm) 2-1/2 (64) 2-5/8 (67) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5 (127) 6 (152) 2-1/2 (64) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5 (128) 6 (152) 3 (76) 4 (102) 5 (128) 6 (152)
hef
h1 h 1/2
5/8 d bit
1 Thickness to be fastened t = - h ef)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading N (N ) + ( V ) V

d
5/3
5/3
rec
rec
1.0
HUS-H Screw Anchor

Carbon Steel HUS-H Allowable Loads in Concrete
Nominal Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) Embedment Depth In. (mm) Tension2 lb (kN) Shear3 lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) Tension2 lb (kN) Shear3 lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa) Tension2 lb (kN) Shear3 lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
21 (51) 2-3/4 (70) 21 (51) 3 (76) 2-3/81 (60) 4 (102) 5-3/8 (137)
810 (3.6) 1275 (5.7) 815 (3.6) 1410 (6.3) 1130 (5.0) 2370 (10.5) 3435 (15.3)
1190 (5.3) 14904 (6.6) 1370 (6.1) 1780 (7.9) 1740 (7.7) 3320 (14.8) 49054 (21.8)
1025 (4.6) 1785 (7.9) 1055 (4.7) 1855 (8.3) 1435 (6.4) 3190 (14.2) 4430 (19.7)
14904 (6.6) 1760 (7.8) 2365 (10.5) 3005 (13.4) 49054 (21.8)
1175 (5.2) 2025 (9.0) 1175 (5.2) 2390 (10.6) 2000 (8.90) 4985 (22.2) 7105 (31.6)
14904 (6.6)
30004 (13.3) 3590 (16.0) 49054 (21.8)
1 IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque. 2 Allowable tension loads based upon a safety factor of 4.0.
3 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout failure and a safety factor of 4.0. 4 Noted Shear loads based upon minimum steel strength and a safety factor of 3.0.
Carbon Steel HUS-H Ultimate Loads in Concrete

Nominal Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 2000 psi (13.8 Mpa) Embedment Depth In. (mm) Tension lb (kN) Shear2 lb (kN) 4000 psi (27.6 Mpa) Tension lb (kN) Shear2 lb (kN) 6000 psi (41.4 Mpa) Tension lb (kN) Shear2 lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
21 (51) 2-3/4 (70) 21 (51) 3 (76) 2-3/81 (60) 4 (102) 5-3/8 (137)
3235 (14.4) 5095 (22.7) 3265 (14.5) 5645 (25.1) 4520 (20.1) 9475 (42.1) 13740 (61.1)
44753 (19.9) 5475 (24.4) 7110 (31.6) 6960 (31.0) 13285 (59.1) 147253 (65.5)
4100 (18.2) 7155 (31.8) 4215 (18.7) 7425 (33.0) 5730 (25.5) 12765 (56.8) 17715 (78.8)
44753 (19.9) 7040 (31.3) 90003 (40.0) 12025 (53.5) 147253 (65.5)
4705 (20.9) 8095 (36.0) 4705 (20.9) 9570 (42.6) 8000 (35.5) 19940 (88.7) 28435 (126.5)
44753 (19.9)
90003 (40.0) 14365 (65.5) 147253 (65.5)
1 IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.
2 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout/pullout failure. 3 Noted Ultimate Shear loads limited by minimum steel strength.
HUS-H Screw Anchor

HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Anchor Dia. (inches) Embedment Depth (inches) Edge Distance (inches) Shear Tension Perpendicular to wall Parallel to wall
3/8 1/2 5/8
2-3/4 3 4
1-3/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 2-3/4 1-3/4 2-3/4
590 730 590 745 900 1175
245 420 275 475 275 535
640 745 865 1025 1015 1355
1 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1 inch from any vertical mortar joint. 2 Anchors are limited to one per masonry cell with a minimum spacing of 8 inches on center. 3 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry construction. 4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.
HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Face of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Dia. (inches) Embedment Depth (inches) Min. Distance from edge of wall (inches) Tension Shear
3/8 1/2 5/8
2-3/4 3 4
4 12 4 12 4 12
695 910 695 805 1370
1015 1720 2585 2725
1 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell with minimum spacing of 8 inches on center. 2 Embedment depth is measured from the top edge of the concrete masonry construction. 3 Loads in this table are for HUS-H anchors installed in the masonry at the edge distance listed in this table. No reductions for edge distance are required when anchors are installed with the minimum edge distance specified in this table. Capacity of attached sill plate or other material to resist loads in this table must comply with the applicable code. 4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment. 5 Linear interpolation for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches is allowed.
HUS-H Screw Anchor

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter
Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension, fAN
3/8" diameter
Spacing Shear, fAV Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear
toward edge,
1/2" diameter
Spacing Tension, fAN Spacing Shear, fAV Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear
toward edge,
fRV1
II or away from edge,
fRV2
fRV1
II or away from
fRV2
Embed. Depth, in. 1-3/4 2 2-3/4 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/8 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 7 8-1/4 9
2 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
2-3/4
2 0.70 0.81 0.85 0.93 1.00
2-3/4
2 0.75 0.80 0.95 1.00
2-3/4 0.75 0.78 0.86 0.88 0.93 0.99 1.00
2 0.30 0.35 0.51 0.57 0.68 0.78 0.81 0.89 1.00
2 0.75 0.77 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.92 0.93 0.96 1.00
2 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.81 0.85 0.86 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
2 0.70 0.81 0.85 0.93 1.00
2 0.75 0.80 0.95 1.00
3 0.75 0.77 0.84 0.86 0.91 0.95 0.97 1.00
2 0.20 0.26 0.45 0.51 0.63 0.75 0.78 0.88 1.00
2 0.65 0.68 0.76 0.79 0.84 0.89 0.91 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.71 0.74 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.88 0.93 1.00
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
0.70 0.73 0.78 0.84 0.85 0.89 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.90 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.75 0.80 0.81 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter
Adjustment Factor Spacing Tension fAN
5/8" diameter
Spacing Shear
fAV
Spacing
Edge Distance Tension
fRN
Edge Distance Shear

toward edge fRV1 II or away from edge fRV2
for scr>s>Smin
Tension Shear
Embed. Depth, in. 1-3/4 2 2-3/8 3 3-9/16 4 4-3/4 5 -3/8 6 6-1/2 7-1/8 7-1/2 8 9 10 10-3/4 12 14 16-1/8 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
2-3/8
5-3/8 2-3/8
0.70 0.74 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.75 0.78 0.79 0.82 0.83 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.70 0.72 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.70 0.78 0.85 0.91 0.70 1.00 0.76 0.80 0.85 0.89 0.93 0.96 1.00
5-3/8 2-3/8 0.75 0.78 0.84 0.92 1.00
0.70 0.73 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.96 1.00
4 0.75 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.86 0.88 0.93 0.96 1.00
5-3/8 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.89 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
2-3/8 0.15 0.19 0.25 0.35 0.44 0.51 0.62 0.72 0.82 0.90 1.00
2-3/8 0.50 0.52 0.56 0.62 0.67 0.71 0.78 0.84 0.90 0.94 1.00
smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 3.0 hef fAN = 0.15(s/hef) + 0.55
smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 2.0 hef fAV = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.4
Edge Distance
for ccr>c>cmin
Tension All Diameters
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 1.5 hef fRN = 1.0 (0.375hef 0.25c) / (1.5hef 1 3/4")
Shear 3/8" Diameter
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5" toward edge ll or away from edge fRV1 = 0.215c - 0.077 fRV2 = 0.077c + 0.615
Shear 1/2" Diameter
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5" toward edge ll or away from edge fRV1 = 0.246c 0.230 fRV2 = 0.108c + 0.461
Shear 5/8" Diameter
cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 7-1/8" toward edge ll or away from edge fRV1 = 0.158c 0.127 fRV2 = 0.093c + 0.337
or
1. Hammer drill a hole using appropriate diameter ANSI carbide-tipped drill bit.
2. Clean hole with oil free compressed air.
3A. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench, install anchor into hole. Immediately discontinue when anchor is flush against top of fixture.
3B. Or, using a torque wrench install anchor into hole until flush against top of fixture. Do not exceed Tmax.
IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.
HUS-H Screw Anchor Ordering Information

HUS-H 3/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 1/2" AF, 11/16" washer dia.
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Regular Packaging Master Carton Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 3/8 x 2-1/8 HUS-H 3/8 x 2-5/8 HUS-H 3/8 x 3 HUS-H 3/8 x 4 HUS-H 3/8 x 5 HUS-H 3/8 x 6
5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16" 5/16"
2-1/8" 2-5/8" 3" 4" 5" 6"
336686 336687 336688 304503 304504 336692
50 50 50 50 50 50
305618 305619 305620 305621 305622 305623
600 600 400 300 300 300
HUS-H 1/2" screw anchor with hexagon head 5/8" AF, 9/10" washer dia.
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No. Regular Packaging Master Carton Contents Item No. Contents
HUS-H 1/2 x 2-1/2 HUS-H 1/2 x 3 HUS-H 1/2 x 4 HUS-H 1/2 x 5 HUS-H 1/2 x 6
7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16" 7/16"
2-1/2" 3" 4" 5" 6"
304505 304506 304507 304508 304509
50 50 50 50 50
Regular Packaging Contents
305624 305625 305626 305627 305628

Master Carton Item No.
300 300 150 150 150

Master Carton Contents
HUS-H 5/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 13/16" AF, 1-3/16" washer dia.
Ordering Description Drill Bit Anchor Length Item No.
HUS-H 5/8 x 3 HUS-H 5/8 x 4 HUS-H 5/8 x 5 HUS-H 5/8 x 6
9/16" 9/16" 9/16" 9/16"
3" 4" 5" 6"
282903 282904 282905 282906
20 20 20 20
3001533 3001534 3001535 3001536
160 80 80 60
HUS-H Screw Anchor Accessories

SI 100 impact wrench
Description Packaging Contents Item No.
SI 100 impact wrench in tool box Impact sockets for 3/8" HUS-H
Description
1
Length
334203
Packaging Contents Ordering Description Item No.
3/8 Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 3/8" Long magnetic socket wrench insert Impact sockets for 1/2" HUS-H
Description
1-9/16" 3-1/2"
Length
1 1
Packaging Contents
S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" M

Ordering Description
336703 336701
Item No.
1/2" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 1/2" Short magnetic socket wrench insert Impact sockets for 5/8" HUS-H
Description
1-9/16" 1-9/16"
Length
1 1
Packaging Contents
S-NSD 5/8-1/2" S-NSD 5/8-1/2" M

Ordering Description
304786 304795
Item No.
13/16" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic) 13/16" Short magnetic socket wrench insert SI 100 Accessories
Description
1-9/16 1-9/16
Packaging Contents
1 1
Item No.
S-NSD 13/16-5/8" S-NSD 13/16-5/8" M
282932 282933
Pin/O-Ring Set for 1/2" drive sockets
3 sets
336619
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor

Kwik Bolt TZ Product Description
The Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque controlled expansion anchor which is especially suited to seismic and cracked concrete applications. This anchor line is available in carbon steel with zinc electroplated coating and 304 stainless steel versions. The anchor diameters range from 3/8 to 3/4 inch in a variety of lengths. Applicable base materials include normal-weight concrete, structural lightweight concrete, and lightweight concrete over metal deck. Guide Specifications Torque controlled expansion anchors shall be Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied by Hilti meeting the description in Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The anchor bears a length identification mark embossed into the impact section (dog point) of the anchor surrounded by four embossed notches identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ in the installed condition. Anchors are manufactured to meet one of the following conditions: The carbon steel anchor body, nut, and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming to ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m. The stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to AISI 316. Stainless steel anchor body, nut and washer conform to AISI 304. Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to AISI 316. Product Features Product and length identification marks facilitate quality control after installation. Through fixture installation and variable thread lengths improve productivity and accommodate various base plate thicknesses. 316 Stainless Steel wedges provide superior performance in cracked concrete. Ridges on expansion wedges provide increased reliability. Mechanical expansion allows immediate load application. Raised impact section (dog point) prevents thread damage during installation. Bolt meets ductility requirements of ACI 318-05 Section D1. Nut Washer Red Setting Mark Anchor Thread
101 102 103 110 111 112 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information Sample Calculations
Impact Section (Dog Point)
Installation Drill hole in base material to the appropriate depth using a Hilti carbide tipped drill bit. Drive the anchor into the hole using a hammer. A minimum of four threads must be below the fastening surface prior to applying installation torque. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.
Anchor Body
Stainless Steel Expansion Sleeve (Wedges)
Expansion Cone
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1917 FM (Factory Mutual) Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4") UL (Underwriters Laboratories) Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
Supplemental Design Provisions for ACI 318-05 Appendix D Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC Evaluation Service ESR-1917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Anchors in Concrete. The relevant design parameters are reiterated in Tables 1, 2, and 3 of this document. Supplemental provisions required for the design of the KB-TZ are enumerated in Section 4.0 of ESR-1917 (DESIGN AND INSTALLATION). Note that these design parameters are supplemental to the design provisions of ACI 318-05.

IBC 2006 IRC 2006 UBC 1997
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Material Specifications

Carbon steel with electroplated zinc Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1 Anchor Diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Shear (lb) NA 7419 11465 17535 Tension (lb) 6744 11240 17535 25853
Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5m. Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex. Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844. Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from AISI 316 stainless steel.
Stainless steel Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of AISI 304 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1 Anchor Diameter (in.) 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Shear (lb) 5058 8543 13938 22481 Tension (lb) 6519 12364 19109 24729
Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594. Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain. Expansion Sleeve (wedges) are made from AISI 316. All nuts and washers are made from AISI 304 stainless steel.
1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in jig as part of product QC. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See Tables 2 and 3.
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Technical Data

Table 1 Kwik Bolt TZ Specification Table
SETTING INFORMATION Anchor O.D. Nominal bit diameter Effective min. embedment Min. hole depth Min. thickness of fixture1 Max. thickness of fixture Installation torque Min. dia. of hole in fixture Available anchor lengths Threaded length including dog point Unthreaded length Installation embedment Symbol do d bit h ef ho t min t max T inst dh Units in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3 (76) 7/8 (22) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 3/8 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 1/4 (6) 2-1/4 (57) 25 (34) 7/16 (11.1) 2 (51) 2-5/8 (67) 3/4 (19) 4 (101) 40 (54) 9/16 (14.3) Nominal anchor diameter (in.) 1/2 5/8 0.5 0.625 (12.7) (15.9) 1/2 3-1/4 (83) 4 (102) 1/4 (6) 2-3/4 (70) 3-1/8 (79) 3-3/4 (95) 3/8 (9) 5-5/8 (143) 60 (81) 11/16 (17.5) 5-1/2 (140) 1-1/2 (38) 5/8 4 (102) 4-3/4 (121) 3/4 (19) 4-3/4 (121) 3-3/4 (95) 4-5/8 (117) 1/8 (3) 4-5/8 (117) 110 (149) 13/16 (20.6) 8 (203) 4 (102) 4 (102) 10 (254) 6 (152)
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3/4 4-3/4 (121) 5-3/4 (146) 1-5/8 (41) 3-5/8 (92)
anch
thread
unthr
h nom
3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 (95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254) 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 (41) (73) (41) (60) (86) (178) (38) (70) (133) (171) 2-1/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 (54) (54) (83) 2-1/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-5/8 4-1/2 (57) (60) (92) (92) (114)
4-3/8 (111)
5-3/8 (137)
1 The minimum thickness of the fastened part is based on use of the anchor at minimum embedment and is controlled by the length of thread. If a thinner fastening thickness is required, increase the anchor embedment to suit.
Figure 1 Kwik Bolt TZ installed
thread
dh
anch
unthr
do
h ef h nom h o

Table 2 Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment1 Min. member thickness Critical edge distance Symbol Units do h ef h min c ac ca,min Min. edge distance for s s min Min. anchor spacing for c in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb/in2 (N/mm2) lb/in2 (N/mm2) in2 (mm2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 2 (51) 4 5 (102) (127) 4-3/8 4 (111) (102) 2-1/2 (64) 5 (127) 2-1/2 (64) 3-5/8 (92) 2-5/8 (67) 100000 (690) 125000 (862) 0.052 (33.6) 6500 (28.9) 3595 (16.0) 2255 (10.0) 2130 (9.5) 2515 (11.2) 2270 (10.1) 1460 (6.5) Nominal anchor diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 6-1/2 8-3/4 6-3/4 (140) (114) (191) (152) (165) (222) (171) 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-5/8 3-1/4 (70) (60) (92) (83) 5-3/4 5-3/4 6-1/8 5-7/8 (146) (146) (156) (149) 2-3/4 2-3/8 3-1/2 3 (70) (60) (89) (76) 4-1/8 3-1/2 4-3/4 4-1/4 (105) (89) (121) (108) 2-5/8 4 3-7/8 4-3/4 (67) (102) (98) (121) 84800 84800 (585) (585) 106000 106000 (731) (731) 0.101 0.162 (65.0) (104.6) 10705 17170 (47.6) (76.4) 6405 10555 (28.5) (47.0) 6405 10555 (28.5) (47.0) 3000 4945 4600 6040 (13.3) (22) (20.5) (26.9) 5,515 9,145 NA NA (24.5) (40.7) 4,915 NA NA (21.9) 1460 2620 2000 4645 (6.5) (11.7) (8.9) (20.7) 1 24 17 1.41 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70 7 8 9 See ACI 318 D.5.2.6. The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1. For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
Min. hole depth ho in concrete Min. specified fy yield strength Min. specified fu ult. strength Effective tensile A se stress area Steel strength N sa in tension Steel strength Vsa in shear Steel strength in V s,seis shear, seismic Steel strength in shear, Vs,deck concrete on metal deck 2 Pullout strength N p,uncr uncracked concrete 3 Pullout strength N p,cr cracked concrete 3 Pullout strength concrete N p,deck,cr on metal deck 4 Anchor category 5 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 6 7 c,N = k uncr /k cr Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 8 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B 9 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes 1 2 3 4
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3-3/4 (95) 6 8 (152) (203) 10 8 (254) (203) 4-3/4 (121) 10-1/2 (267) 5 (127) 9-1/2 (241) 4-5/8 (117) 84800 (585) 106000 (731) 0.237 (152.8) 25120 (111.8) 15930 (70.9) 14245 (63.4) NP 8,280 (36.8) NA NP
4-3/4 (121) 8 (203) 9 (229) 4-1/8 (105) 8-7/8 (225) 4 (102) 7-3/4 (197) 5-3/4 (146)
10,680 (47.5)
5 6
See Fig. 1. NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported. Values are for cracked concrete. Values are applicable to both static and seismic load combinations. See ACI 318 D.4.4. See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.

Table 3 Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment1 Min. member thickness Critical edge distance Symbol Units do h ef h min c ac ca,min Min. edge distance for s s min Min. anchor spacing for c in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) lb/in 2 (N/mm 2) lb/in 2 (N/mm 2) in 2 (mm 2) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 3/8 0.375 (9.5) 2 (51) 4 5 (102) (127) 4-3/8 3-7/8 (111) (98) 2-1/2 (64) 5 (127) 2-1/4 (57) 3-1/2 (89) 2-5/8 (67) 92000 (634) 115000 (793) 0.052 (33.6) 5980 (26.6) 4870 (21.7) NA 2825 (12.6) 2630 (11.7) 2340 (10.4) Nominal anchor diameter 5/8 0.625 (15.9) 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 (51) (83) (79) (102) 4 6 6 8 5 6 8 (102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) 5-1/2 4-1/2 7-1/2 6 7 8-7/8 6 (140) (114) (191) (152) (178) (225) (152) 2-7/8 2-1/8 3-1/4 2-3/8 (73) (54) (83) (60) 5-3/4 5-1/4 5-1/2 5-1/2 (146) (133) (140) (140) 2-7/8 2 2-3/4 2-3/8 (73) (51) (70) (60) 4-1/2 3-1/4 4-1/8 4-1/4 (114) (83) (105) (108) 2-5/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 (67) (102) (95) (121) 92000 92000 (634) (634) 115000 115000 (793) (793) 0.101 0.162 (65.0) (104.6) 11615 18630 (51.7) (82.9) 6880 11835 (30.6) (52.7) 2,735 NA NA (12.2) 6880 11835 (30.6) (52.6) 5760 NA NA (25.6) 3180 5840 NA NA (14.1) (26.0) 1 24 24 17 17 17 1.00 1.41 1.41 1.41 1/2 0.5 (12.7) 0.75 0.65 0.65 0.70
3/4 0.75 (19.1) 3-3/4 (95)
4-3/4 (121)
Min. hole depth ho in concrete Min. specified fy yield strength Min. specified fu ult. strength Effective tensile A se stress area Steel strength N sa in tension Steel strength V sa in shear Steel strength in tension, N sa,seis seismic 2 Steel strength in shear, V sa,seis seismic 2 Pullout strength N pn,uncr uncracked concrete 2 Pullout strength cracked N pn,cr concrete 2 Anchor category 3 Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 4 5 c,N = k uncr /k cr Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 6 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 6 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes, Condition B 7 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
6 8 (152) (203) 10 7 9 (254) (178) (229) 4-1/4 4 (108) (102) 10 8-1/2 (254) (216) 5 4 (127) (102) 9-1/2 7 (241) (178) 4-5/8 5-3/4 (117) (146) 76125 (525) 101500 (700) 0.237 (152.8) 24055 (107.0) 20050 (89.2) NA 14615 (65.0) NA 8110 (36.1) 12040 (53.6) NA
17 1.41
24 1.00
17 1.41
See Fig. 1. NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design. See ACI 318 D.4.4. See ACI 318 D.5.2.2. See ACI 318 D.5.2.6. The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1. For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Figure 2 Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing
c a, min at s >
s design
s min at c >
c design
edge distance c
Table 4 Mean Axial Stiffness Values (1000 lb/in.) for Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete1 Concrete condition uncracked concrete cracked concrete carbon steel KB-TZ, all diameters 700 500 stainless steel KB-TZ, all diameters 120 90
1 Mean values shown. Actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application.
Figure 3 Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck Floor Min. 5/8" Typical
Min. 1-1/2"
Anchor in Ridge
Min. 3000 psi Normal or Sand Lightweight Concrete
Max. 3"
Upper Flute (Valley) Min. 4-1/2" Min. 4-1/2"
Minimum No. 20 Gauge Steel Deck Lower Flute (Ridge)
Max. 1" Offset Typical

Allowable Stress Design
d Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) shall be established as follows: Rallow,ASD = R
where Rd =
Rk represents the limiting design strength in tension ( Nn ) or shear (
Vn ) as calculated according to ACI 318 D.4.1.1 and D.4.1.2
Table 5 The value of shall be taken as follows: Reference for strength reduction factors ACI 318 D.4.4 ACI 318 D.4.5 including seismic 1.1 1.2
excluding seismic 1.4 1.55
Table 6 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal-Weight Uncracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Embedment Depth hef (in.) 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 3-3/4 4-3/4 f 'c= 2500 psi Carbon Stainless Steel Steel 1168 1576 2561 3078 4246 3844 4959 1221 1576 2674 3078 4457 4046 5590 Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c= 3000 psi f 'c= 4000 psi Carbon Stainless Carbon Stainless Steel Steel Steel Steel 1279 1726 2805 3372 4651 4211 5432 1338 1726 2930 3372 4883 4432 6124 1477 1993 3239 3893 5371 4863 6272 1545 1993 3383 3893 5638 5118 7071 f 'c= 6000 psi Carbon Stainless Steel Steel 1809 2441 3967 4768 6578 5956 7682 1892 2441 4143 4768 6905 6268 8660
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N b,f ' c = N b
f 'c 2500
Table 7 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr
f 'c 2500

Table 8 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Allowable Steel Capacity, Static Shear Carbon Steel 1669 2974 4901 7396 Stainless Steel 2661 3194 5495 9309
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .
Table 9 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4. 3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used. 4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500
Table 10 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 Allowable Steel Capacity, Seismic Shear Carbon Steel 999 2839 4678 6313 Stainless Steel 1252 3049 5245 6477
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa, seis by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 31805 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa, seis .

Table 11 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon Steel Allowable Tension and Shear Loads (ASD), Installed into the Underside of a Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck Slab1,2,3
Nominal Anchor Diameter 3/8 1/2 1/2 5/8 5/8 Embedment Depth h ef (in.) 2 2 3-1/4 3-1/8 4 Tension Seismic (lb)4 709 709 1272 971 2255 Tension non-Seismic (lb)5 743 743 1333 1017 2362 Shear Seismic (lb)4 944 1330 2192 2039 2677 Shear non-Seismic (lb)5 989 1393 2296 2136 2804
1 Pullout strength values N pn,deck are for anchors installed in lightweight concrete having a minimum 2,500 psi compressive strength at the time of installation. See Table 3 ESR-1917. The values listed in Table 11 have been calculated assuming a minimum 3,000 psi concrete compressive strength. The pullout strength may be adjusted for other lightweight concrete compressive strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 using the following equation:
N pn,deck,f ' c = N pn,deck
f 'c (lb, psi) 2500
2 Minimum anchor spacing along the flute shall be the greater of 3.0 h ef or 1.5 times the flute width in accordance with ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3. 3 Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction. See Figure 5 in ESR-1917. 4 Allowable seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, the seismic reduction factor of 0.75 according to ACI 318 D3.3.3, and then divided by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
5 Allowable non-seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.
Table 12 Kwik Bolt TZ Length Identification System Length ID marking on bolt head Length of From anchor, Up to but (in.) not anch including A 112 2 B 2 212 C 212 3 D 3 312 E 312 4 F 4 412 G 412 5 H 5 512 I 512 6 J 6 612 K 612 7 L 7 712 M 712 8 N 8 812 O 812 9 P 9 Q R S T U 13 14 V W
912 10
11 12 12 13
14 15 15 16
912 10 11
Figure 4 Bolt Head with Length Identification Mark and Kwik Bolt TZ Head Notch Embossment
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Installation Instructions into normal-weight and lightweight concrete
1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal diameter as the Kwik Bolt TZ. The hole depth must exceed the anchor embedment by at least 1/4 inch. The fixture may be used as a drilling template to ensure proper anchor location.
2. Clean hole.
3. Drive the Kwik Bolt TZ into the hole using a hammer. The anchor must be driven until at least 4 threads are below the surface of the fixture.
4. Tighten the nut to the recommended installation torque.
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Ordering Information

Item No. Description Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Box Quantity
304581 304582 304583 304584 304585 304586 304587 304588 304589 304590 304591 202880 202881 202882 202883 202884 202885 202886 202887 202888 202889 202890 202891 202892 202893 202894 202895 202896
KB-TZ 3/8x3 KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ 3/8x5 KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ 1/2x7 KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ 5/8x6 KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ 5/8x10 KB-TZ 3/4x5-1/2 KB-TZ 3/4x8 KB-TZ 3/4x10 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 5/8x10 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x5-1/2 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x8 KB-TZ SS304 3/4x10
3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5 1/2 8 10 3 3-3/4 5 3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6 8-1/2 10 5-1/2 8 10
7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6 7/8 1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4 1-1/2 4 6
50 50 50 25 25 25 25 15 15 15 15 10 10 10 50 50 50 25 25 25 25 15 15 15 15 10 10 10
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Sample Calculations

Given: (2) 1/2 in. KB-TZ anchors under static tension load as shown. h ef = 3.25 in. Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi No supplementary reinforcing. Assume uncracked concrete. Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c) Calculate the allowable tension load for this configuration.
AN 1.5h ef
s = 6''
6"
1.5h ef
c = 4''
1.5h ef
Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC ESR-1358. Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: N n = n * N sa = 0.75 * 2 * 10,706 = 16,059 lb
cp,N .
Code Ref. D.5.1.2 D.4.4 D.5.2.1 D.8
ICC-ES ESR Reference Table 2 ESR-1917 4.1.2 Table 2 Fig. 2
Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension. See ESR-1917 for edge factor A N cbg = N c ( ec,N ) ( ed,N,c,N ) ( cp,N ) N b A Nco Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance: h min = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok 2.375 5.75 slope = = 3.0 3.5 2.375
S min
2.375, 5.75
for c min = 4 in. y 1 - y 2 = m (x 1 - x 2 ) s min = 5.75 [(2.375 4.0) (3.0)] =0.875 < 2.375 in. < 6 in. ... ok Step 2b. Check: 1.5h ef = (1.5 ) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c
2.375 controls 0.875
3.5, 2.375 C min
3.0h ef = (3) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s
D.5.2.1 D.5.2.1 D.5.2.4 D.5.2.2 D.5.2.5 D.5.2.6
Table 2 Table 2
Step 2c. Calculate A Nco and A Nc for the anchorage: A Nco = 9h ef 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2 A Nc = (1.5) (h ef + c) (3) (h ef + s ) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3 x 3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2A Nco ... ok Step 2d. Calculate
ec,N : eN'
= O,
ec,N =
Step 2e. Calculate N b : N b = k cr
f 'c ( h ef ) 1.5 = 17 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 5,456 lb

ed,N
Table 2 Table 2 Table 2
Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: Step 2g.
c,N
= 0.7 + 0.3
4 = 0.95 (1.5) (3.25)
= 1.4 (uncracked concrete)
Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting: c a,min 1.5h e f 4 (1.5) (3.25) . 1.5h ef check: = 0.53 : = 0.65 0.53 < 0.65 . . controls cp,N = c ac c ac 7.5 7.5 c ac Step 2i. Calculate N cbg : N cbg = 95.1 ( 139.8 ) (1) (0.95) (1.4) (5,456) (0.65) = 6,983 lb
D.5.2.7 D.5.2.1
Table 2 Table 2 Table 2 ESR-1917 4.1.6 Table 2 Table 5
Step 3. Check pullout strength: See ESR-1917 for adjustment for concrete strength : N pn,f'c
(1)
= 2 N pn, uncr
f 'c = 2 (5,515) 2500
] [
3000 2500
] = 12,082 lb
D.5.3.2
Step 4. Controlling strength:
N cbg = (0.65) (6,983) = 4,539 lb < 4,539 = 3,242 lb 1.4
. Nn . .
N cbg controls
D.4.4(c) -
Step 5. Convert value to ASD: T allow =
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor HSL-3 Product Description

113 113 114 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor HSL-3-B Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor with Torque Cap Red Setting Indicator Three accurately sized shear pins are provided in the red indicator cap. As the required installation torque (Tinst) is reached the red indicator cap shears off. A green seal on the bolt head appears which indicates that the anchor has been set properly. Example: HSL-3-G M12/25 This is an HSL-3 stud anchor. The thread size is 12 mm and this anchor can attach up to a 25 mm thick plate 119 119 Product Description Material Specifications Technical Data Installation Instructions Ordering Information
HSL-3-G Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor with Threaded Rod Maximum fastened thickness (mm)
Bolt Washer
Metric
HSL-3-G M 12/25
Heavy duty Expansion Anchor blank-bolt G stud B torque cap Metric thread size (mm); not hole diameter
Minimum Embedment Mark Spacer Sleeve Plastic collapsible section with anchor rotation prevention
The Hilti HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor is a torque-controlled expansion bolt designed for high performance in static and dynamic application including the tension zone of concrete structures where cracking can be expected. HSL3 anchors are available in metric sizes from M8 to M24. With a variety of head configurations, including bolt, stud and torque cap. All versions are available in zinc-plated carbon steel. Product Features Approved for use in the concrete tension zone (cracked concrete) Data for use with the Strength Design provisions of ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ACI 349-01 Appendix B Allowable Stress Design data for use with ASD High load capacity
Force-controlled expansion which allows for follow-up expansion Reliable clamping of part fastened to overcome gaps Suitable for dynamic loading, including seismic, fatigue and shock No spinning of the anchor in hole when tightening bolt or nut Seismic qualification per ICC-ES AC193 and the requirements of ACI 318-05 Appendix D
Guide Specifications Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel anchor consists of hex head bolt (threaded stud), sleeve, expansion sleeve, expansion cone, collapsible plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer. Anchors shall be torque controlled expansion bolt as manufactured by Hilti.
Expansion Sleeve Cone
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1545 European Technical Approval (ETA) ETA-02/0042 Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality Program
Carbon Steel Bolt or Threaded Rod for HSL-3 (Bolt), HSL-3 (Stud) and HSL-3-B conform to DIN EN ISO 898-1, Grade 8.8, fy > 93 ksi, fu > 116 ksi Carbon Steel Nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu > 116 ksi Carbon Steel Washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade St37, fu > 100 ksi Carbon Steel Expansion Cone conforms to DIN 1654-4, fu > 80 ksi Carbon Steel Expansion Sleeve (M8-M16) conforms to DIN 10139 and (M20-M24) conforms to DIN 2393-2 Carbon Steel Spacing Sleeve conforms to DIN 2393 T1, fu > 100 ksi Collapsible Sleeve is made from acetal polyoxymethylene (POM) resin

IBC 2006 IRC 2006 UBC 1997
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor Technical Data

Table 1 HSL-3 Specifications
Details nominal drill bit diameter1 Hilti matched-tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit minimum base material thickness to obtain smallest critical edge distance minimum hole depth effective embedment depth minimum clearance hole diameter in part being fastened max. cumulative gap between part(s) being fastened and concrete surface maximum thickness of part fastened HSL-3, HSL-3-B overall length of anchor HSL-3, HSL-3-B maximum thickness of part fastened HSL-3-G overall length of anchor HSL-3-G washer diameter installation torque HSL-3 installation torque HSL-3-G wrench size HSL-3, HSL-3-G wrench size HSL-3-B 1 Use metric bits only. d bit h min ho h ef,min dh t t dw Tinst Tinst mm mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) Nm (ft-lb) Nm (ft-lb) mm mm HSL-3 Anchor Thread Diameter (mm) M8 M10 M12 M16 12 15 18 24 TE-CX 12/22 TE-CX 15/27 TE-C 18/22 TE-C-T 24/27 TE-YX 12/35 TE-YX 15/35 TE-YX 18/32 TE-YX 24/32 110 (120) 120 (140) 135 (160) 160 (200) 4 3/8 (4-3/4) 4 3/4 (5-1/2) 5 3/8 (6 1/4) 6 1/4 (7-7/8) 80 90 105 125 (3-1/8) (3-1/2) (4-1/8) (4-7/8) 60 70 80 100 (2-3/8) (2-3/4) (3-1/8) (3-7/8) 14 17 20 26 (9/16) (11/16) (13/16) (1) 4 5 8 9 (1/8) (3/16) (5/16) (3/8) 20 40 20 40 25 50 25 50 (3/4) (1-1/2) (3/4) (1-1/2) (1) (2) (1) (2) 98 118 110 130 131 156 153 178 (3-7/8) (4-5/8) (4-3/8) (5 1/8) (5-1/8) (6 1/8) (6) (7) 20 20 25 50 25 50 (3/4) (3/4) (1) (2) (1) (2) 102 115 139 164 163 188 (4) (4-1/2) (5-1/2) (6-3/8) (6-3/8) (7-3/8) 20 25 30 40 (3/4) (1) (1-1/8) (1-9/16) 25 50 80 120 (18) (37) (59) (89) 20 35 60 80 (15) (26) (44) (59) 13 17 19 24 24 30 M20 M24 28 32 TE-C-T 28/27 TE-YX 32/37 TE-YX 28/32 190 (250) 225 (300) 7 1/2 (9-7/8) 8 7/8 (11-7/8) 155 180 (6-1/8) (7-1/8) 125 150 (4-7/8) (5-7/8) 31 35 (1-1/4) (1-3/8) 12 16 (1/2) (5/8) 30 60 30 60 (1-1/8) (2-1/4) (1-1/8) (2-1/4) 183 213 205 235 (7-1/4) (8-3/8) (8) (9-1/4) 30 60 (1-1/8) (2-1/4) 190 220 (7-1/2) (8-3/4) 45 50 (1-3/4) (2) 200 250 (148) (185) 160 (118) 30 36 36 41
dw T
dh h nom
ho h
d bit
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

Table 2 HSL-3 Strength Design Information
Design parameter Anchor O.D. Effective min. embedment depth1 Anchor category2 Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete failure modes3 Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete failure modes3 Yield strength of anchor steel Ultimate strength of anchor steel Tensile stress area Steel strength in tension Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4 kuncr/kcr5 Pullout strength uncracked concrete6 Pullout strength cracked concrete6 Steel strength in shear HSL-3,-B Steel strength in shear HSL-3-G Tension pullout strength seismic7 Steel strength in shear, seismic7 HSL-3,-B,-SH,-SK Steel strength in shear, seismic7 HSL-3-G Axial stiffness in service load range8 1 See table 1. 2 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. 3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2. 5 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.6. 6 See Section 4.1.3 of ICC ESR-1546. 7 See Section 4.1.6 of ICC ESR-1546. 8 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger due to high strength concrete.
uncracked concrete cracked concrete
Symbol do h ef,min 1,2 or 3
Units mm in. mm in. Cond.A Cond.B Cond.A Cond.B lb/in2 lb/in2 in2 lb lb lb lb lb lb lb
M8 12 0.47 60 2.36 1
M10 15 0.59 70 2.76 1
Nominal anchor diameter M12 M16 18 24 0.71 0.94 80 100 3.15 3.94 1 1 0.75 0.65 0.75 0.65 0.75 0.70 92,800 116,000
M20 28 1.10 125 4.92 1
M24 32 1.26 150 5.91 1
fy f ut A se N sa k uncr k cr
c,N
N pn,uncr N pn,cr Vsa Vsa N pn,seismic V sa,seismic
0.057 6,612 24 17 1.41 4,204 2,810 7,239 6,070 4,609 3,777
0.090 10,440 24 24 1.00 4,496 10,229 8,385 8,453 6,924
0.131 15,196 24 24 1.00 14,725 12,162 11,892 9,824 300
0.243 28,188 24 24 1.00 26,707 22,683 24,796 21,065
0.380 44,080 24 24 1.00 39,521 33,159 29,135 24,459
0.547 63,452 24 24 1.00 45,951 14,320 38,173
lb
uncr
1000 lb/in.
cr
30
70
130
130
130
130

Table 3 Edge Distance, Spacing and Member Thickness Requirements1,2
Case3 A A A A A A B B B B B B Dimensional parameter Minimum concrete thickness Critical edge distance2 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Minimum concrete thickness Critical edge distance2 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Minimum edge distance3 Minimum anchor spacing3 Symbol h min,A c cr,A c min,AA s min,AA c min,AB s min,AB hmin,B c cr,B c min,BA s min,BA c min,BB s min,BB Units in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) M8 4-3/4 (120) 4-3/8 (110) 2-3/8 (60) 5-1/2 (140) 3-3/8 (85) 2-3/8 (60) 4-3/8 (110) 5-7/8 (150) 2-3/8 (60) 7 (180) 4 (100) 2-3/8 (60) M10 5-1/2 (140) 4-3/8 (110) 2-3/4 (70) 9-1/2 (240) 5 (125) 2-3/4 (70) 4-3/4 (120) 6-7/8 (175) 3-1/2 (90) 10-1/4 (260) 6-1/4 (160) 2-3/4 (70) Nominal anchor diameter M12 6-1/4 (160) 4-3/4 (120) 3-1/2 (90) 11 (280) 6-1/8 (155) 3-1/8 (80) 5-3/8 (135) 7-7/8 (200) 4-3/8 (110) 12-5/8 (320) 7-7/8 (200) 3-1/8 (80)
ed,N.
M16 7-7/8 (200) 5-7/8 (150) 4-3/4 (120) 12-5/8 (320) 7-7/8 (200) 4 (100) 6-1/4 (160) 9-7/8 (250) 6-1/4 (160) 15 (380) 10-5/8 (270) 4 (100)
M20 9-7/8 (250) 8-7/8 (225) 5 (125) 13-3/4 (350) 8-1/4 (210) 5 (125) 7-1/2 (190) 12-3/8 (312.5) 7-7/8 (200) 15-3/4 (400) 11-7/8 (300) 5 (125)
M24 11-7/8 (300) 8-7/8 (225) 5-7/8 (150) 11-7/8 (300) 8-1/4 (210) 5-7/8 (150) 8-7/8 (225) 14-3/4 (375) 8-7/8 (225) 15 (380) 12-5/8 (320) 5-7/8 (150)
1 In lieu of ACI 318 D.3.3. minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness shall comply with ESR-1545 Table 4. 2 The concrete breakout strength calculated according to ACI 318 D.5.2, shall be further multiplied by See ESR-1545 Section 4.1.2. 3 Denotes admissible combinations of h min, c cr, c min, and s min. For example, hmin,A + c min,AA + s min,AA or h min,A + c cr,A + c min,AB + s min,AB are admissible, but h min,A + c cr,B + c min,AB + s min,BB is not. However, other admissible combinations for minimum edge distance c min and spacing s min for hmin,A or h min,B may be derived by linear interpolation between boundary values (see example for h min,A below).
Example of allowable interpolation of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing

s design c design
spacing
h min, AA c min,AA, s min,AA
h s design c min,AB, s min,AB
c design
edge distance

Table 4 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B 2,470 3,224 3,939 5,505 7,694 10,114
Nominal Anchor Diameter
Embedment Depth hef mm (in.)
f 'c = 2000 psi Condition Condition A B
f 'c = 6000 psi Condition Condition A B 3,025 4,556 5,567 7,780 10,873 14,292 3,025 3,949 4,825 6,743 9,423 12,387
M8 60 2.36 1,746 1,746 2,139 2,139 2,470 M10 70 2.76 2,631 2,280 3,222 2,792 3,720 M12 80 3.15 3,214 2,785 3,936 3,411 4,545 M16 100 3.94 4,492 3,893 5,501 4,768 6,352 M20 125 4.92 6,277 5,440 7,688 6,663 8,877 M24 150 5.91 8,252 7,152 10,106 8,759 11,670 1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
N b,f ' c = N b
f 'c 2500
Table 5 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B 1,429 2,286 3,936 5,501 7,688 10,106 1,429 2,286 3,411 4,768 6,663 8,759 1,650 2,640 4,545 6,352 8,877 11,670 1,650 2,640 3,939 5,505 7,694 10,114
Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Embedment Depth hef mm (in.) 60 70 80 100 125 150 2.36 2.76 3.15 3.94 4.92 5.91
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500
Table 6 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear HSL-3, HSL-3-B 3,361 4,749 6,837 12,400 18,349 21,334 HSL-3-G 2,818 3,893 5,647 10,531 15,395
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

Table 7 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Concrete Compressive Strength2 f 'c = 3000 psi f 'c = 4000 psi Condition Condition Condition Condition A B A B 1,364 2,182 3,757 5,251 7,339 8,022 1,364 2,182 3,256 4,551 6,360 6,952 1,575 2,520 4,339 6,063 8,474 9,263 1,575 2,520 3,760 5,255 7,344 8,028
Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24
Embedment Depth h ef mm (in.) 60 70 80 100 125 150 2.36 2.76 3.15 3.94 4.92 5.91
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5. 2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4. 3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. 4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.
f 'c 2500
Table 8 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2

Nominal Anchor Diameter M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear HSL-3, HSL-3-B 2,043 3,746 5,270 10,989 12,912 16,918 HSL-3-G 1,674 3,069 4,354 9,336 10,840
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure. 2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying V sa,seis by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 31805 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for V sa,seis .
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor HSL-3 Installation Instructions
1. Using the correct diameter metric bit, drill hole to minimum required hole depth or deeper.
2. Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or with compressed air.
3. Using a hammer, tap the anchor through the part being fastened into the drilled hole until the washer is in contact with the fastened part. Do not expand anchor by hand prior to installation.
4. Using a torque wrench, apply the specified installation torque. HSL-3-B does not require use of a torque wrench. Tighten until torque cap shears off.
HSL-3 Bolt Version

Item No. Description Box Qty
HSL-3-B Torque Cap

HSL-3-G Stud Version

371775 371776 371778 371779 371781 371782 371784 371785 371787 371788 371790 371791
HSL-3 M 8/20 HSL-3 M 8/40 HSL-3 M 10/20 HSL-3 M 10/40 HSL-3 M 12/25 HSL-3 M 12/50 HSL-3 M 16/25 HSL-3 M 16/50 HSL-3 M 20/30 HSL-3 M 20/60 HSL-3 M 24/30 HSL-3 M 24/60
40 40 20 20 20 20 10 10 6 6 4 4
371807 371808 371809 371810 371811 371814 371817
HSL-3-B M 12/5 HSL-3-B M 12/25 HSL-3-B M 12/50 HSL-3-B M 16/10 HSL-3-B M 16/25 HSL-3-B M 20/30 HSL-3-B M 24/30
20 20 10 10 10 6 4
371793 371796 371799 371800 371802 371803 371805 371806
HSL-3-G M 8/20 HSL-3-G M 10/20 HSL-3-G M 12/25 HSL-3-G M 12/50 HSL-3-G M 16/25 HSL-3-G M 16/50 HSL-3-G M 20/30 HSL-3-G M 20/60
40 20 20 10 10 10 6 6
The Hilti HIT System Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems

To address the various conditions found on todays construction projects, Hilti offers the most complete selection of products. We call it the HIT Portfolio. No matter what application you have on the jobsite, Hilti has a product for you. Every product in the HIT Portfolio was developed using the same stringent standards and is backed by the experience of the company that brought cartridge adhesive anchor systems to the world...Hilti.
HIT Portfolio
Products for Specified Applications HIT-HY 20 HIT-HY 150 HIT-HY 150 MAX HIT-RE 500 HIT-RE 500-SD Products for Non-Specified Applications
HIT-HY 10 HFX
HIT-HY 20
Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Structural anchors into brick/block Retrofit/Strengthening of historic structures Facade rehabilitation
HIT-HY 150 MAX

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive Anchor and dowel applications where time is key Seismic retrofit of concrete structures Holes may be up to 1/4 larger than rods
HIT RE 500-SD
Slow Cure Epoxy Adhesive Deep anchors and dowels Installation in diamond cored, wet or oversized holes Seismic retrofit of concrete structures SD = Strength Design
Hollow Base
(Brick & Hollow block)
Solid Base
(Concrete & Aerated block)
Specified
Fast Cure
HY 20 HY 150 MAX HY 150
Slow Cure
RE 500-SD RE 500
NonSpecified
HY 10
HY 10
HFX
HFX
Specified applications are those involving a project engineer/architect having provided guidance on proper anchor selection. To help ensure a product approved for the current building code in your area, contact Hilti. Technical data for HIT-HT 10 and HFX are not included in this manual.
HIT-HY 10 and HFX

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesives Ornamental iron, gates and fencing Dowels for curbs and sidewalks Non-specified fastening and doweling HIT-HY 10: Great for volume jobs - 2-part foil pack that uses the same MD 2000, MD 2500 or ED 3500 dispensers as all other Hilti foil pack adhesives HFX: Great for smaller jobs - Single, self-opening cartridge fits standard caulk gun and cartridge dispensers
HIT-HY 10
HFX
The Hilti HIT System

HIT HY and RE Refill Packs The HIT adhesives are supplied in the revolutionary refill packs* Integrated piercing device in refill packs for self-opening convenience no cutting required The refill pack reduces waste up to 70% when compared to conventional hard cartridges HIT-ICE allows easy handling even with heavy winter gloves by using co-axial hard cartridges and large twist off caps
* excluding HIT-ICE
Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX, HIT-RE 500, HIT-RE 500-SD and HIT HY 20 are also available in medium (16.9 oz.) cartridges and in large (47.3 oz.) cartridges for high-volume applications.
Refill Pack Holder The refill pack holder is a reusable, hard cartridge The refill pack is easily inserted in the holder and the holder in the dispenser, for quick easy use The holder can be used to store and transport partially used refill packs HIT HY or RE Dispensers Fast, trouble free injections with a minimum of effort Designed and built to last ED 3500 Battery Dispenser for effortless dispensing
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE

Product Description
Please refer to page 127 for HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive product specific information. The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150 MAX hybrid adhesive or HITICE. With the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet holes (including standing water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes does not adversely affect tensile capacity. Use HIT-ICE in base material temperatures 40 F (5 C). How It Works When an axial expansion forces load is applied, the innovative Axial Load HIT-TZ creates expansion forces which expansion forces supplement the bonding power of HIT- HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the concrete. This compensates for unfavorable hole conditions. No more: removing water or drying holes roughening diamond cored holes. Product Features of HIT-TZ Threaded Rods Full tensile capacity with installation in drilled holes without any hole cleaning procedures Develops the tensile strength of HAS-E (ISO898, Class 5.8) threaded rods and HAS-SS (F 593 and A 193, B8, Class 1 for stainless steel in Canada only) at 20% shallower embedment Full tensile capacity in Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes Develops full tensile capacity when installed in wet holes (with standing water) per ICC-ES AC 58 Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer to ESR-1967
Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles (pending) NSF/ANSI Std 61 Certification for use of HIT-HY 150 MAX in potable water
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58) IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED ) Green Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) Related Sections: 03200 (Concrete Reinforcing Accessories) 05050 (Metal Fabrication) 05120 (Structural Steel) Injectable adhesive shall be used for installation of all threaded anchor rods into new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall be furnished in containers which keep component A and component B separate. Containers shall be designed to accept static mixing nozzle which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles as supplied by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesive shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall be 30 minutes for HIT-HY 150 MAX and 1 hour for HITICE. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE, as furnished by Hilti. Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with a helical cone shaped thread on the embedded end and standard threads on the exposed end. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ASTM A 510 with chemical composition of AISI 1038; 2. AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM A 493. Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.
Material
Carbon steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of ASTM A 510 with chemical composition of AISI 1038 Stainless Steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of AISI 316 HIT-TZ Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 844
Mechanical Properties min. fu fy ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa) 70 (480) 70 (480) 87 (600) 87 (600)
HIT-RTZ Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE Technical Data

HIT-HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods Details dbit hnom HIT-TZ Rod Size in. (mm) bit diameter1 std. depth of embedment2 length of anchor Tmax h tfix max tightening torque min. base material thickness maximum thickness fastened in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 2-7/8 (73) 4-1/2 (114) 18 (24) 3-3/4 (95) 1 (25) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 3-1/2 (89) 5/8 (15.9) 11/16 4 (102) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 5-1/4 (133) 10-1/2 (267) 150 (200) 7-7/8 (200) 2-1/4 (56)
hnom h
tfix
dc do Tinst
5-11/16 7-1/16 (144) (180) 30 (40) 5-1/4 (133) 1-1/2 (37) 75 (100) 6 (153) 2-1/4 (56)
Combined Shear and Tension Loading
(N ) + ( V ) V N
d
5/3
5/3
rec
rec
1.0
1 For Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. For Hilti diamond core bits, refer to the Hilti Full Line Catalog. 2 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8" (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.
Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity of HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete with HIT HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE1 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear Anchor Embedment Diameter Depth in (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) in (mm) 2-7/8 (73) 3-1/2 (12.1) 4 (102) 5-1/4 (133) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1800 (8.0) 2720 (12.1) 3850 (17.1) 5405 (24.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 2255 (10.0) 3020 (13.4) 5750 (25.6) 7275 (32.4) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 1710 (7.6) 2600 (11.6) 3490 (15.5) 5850 (26.0) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 2415 (10.7) 3680 (16.4) 4935 (22.0) 8275 (36.8) Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 7200 (32.0) 10880 (48.4) 15400 (68.5) 21620 (96.2) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 9020 (40.1) 12080 (53.7) 23000 (102.3) 29100 (129.4) f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) 6840 (30.4) 10400 (46.3) 13960 (62.1) 23400 (104.1) f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) lb (kN) 9660 (43.0) 14720 (65.5) 19740 (87.8) 33100 (147.2)
1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance shown on page 125 are applied to the allowable concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel values below. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
Allowable1 & Ultimate2 Steel Strengths for HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods Rod Diameter in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
Allowable Steel Strength1 Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN)

3170 (14.1) 5636 (25.0) 8805 (39.1) 12685 (56.4) 1635 (7.3) 2900 (12.9) 4535 (20.1) 6535 (29.1)
Ultimate Steel Strength2 Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)

5690 (25.3) 10105 (44.9) 15795 (70.2) 22750 (101.2) 7210 (32.1) 12810 (56.9) 20020 (89.0) 28825 (128.2) 4325 (19.2) 7685 (34.2) 12010 (53.4) 17295 (76.9)
1 Allowable Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD): Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area ; Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area 2 Ultimate Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (LRFD): Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area ; Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter Spacing Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. Tension or Shear, fA 2-7/8 Tension, fRN 2-7/8 3/8" diameter Edge Distance Shear (toward edge), fRV1 2-7/8 Shear
(II to or away from edge),
Spacing Tension or Shear, fA 3-1/2 Tension, fRN 3-1/2
1/2" diameter Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Shear
fRV2 2-7/8
fRV1 3-1/2
fRV2 3-1/2
2 2-7/16 3 3-3/8 4 4-3/8 5 5-1/4 5-7/16 6 6-11/16 7 7-3/16 8-1/2 8-3/4
0.77 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.98 0.99 1.00
0.63 0.68 0.74 0.78 0.84 0.88 0.95 1.98 1.00
0.25 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.68 0.76 0.90 0.95 1.00
0.53 0.59 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.77 0.79 0.80 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.94 0.99 1.00
0.63 0.68 0.71 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.94 1.00
0.25 0.35 0.42 0.53 0.59 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.88 1.00
0.53 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.75 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.93 1.00
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors

Anchor Diameter Spacing Adjustment Factor Embedment Depth, in. Tension or Shear, fA 4 Tension, fRN 4 5/8" diameter Edge Distance Shear (toward edge), fRV1 4 Shear
Spacing Tension or Shear, fA 5-1/4 Tension, fRN 5-1/4
3/4" diameter Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),
Shear
fRV2 4
fRV1 5-1/4
fRV2 5-1/4
2-13/16 3 3-11/16 4-5/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-5/8 8 8-7/16 9 10 11-1/4 12 13-1/8
0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.86 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.25 0.36 0.44 0.52 0.60 0.68 0.76 0.83 0.91 1.00 1.00
0.53 0.55 0.62 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.77 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.63 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.71 0.75 0.81 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.25 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.42 0.50 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.53 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.69 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.93 1.00
NOTE: Tables apply for listed embedments. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing Tension/Shear smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef fA = 0.128(s/hef) + 0.68 for scr>s>smin Edge Distance Tension cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRN = 0.308(c/hef) + 0.414 for ccr>c>cmin Edge Distance Shear ( toward edge) cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRV1 = 0.625(c/hef) 0.1875 for ccr>c>cmin Edge Distance Shear (II to or away from edge) cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRV2 = 0.392(c/hef) + 0.256 for ccr>c>cmin
HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE Installation Instructions

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
PUSH Do Not Twist.
HIT-HY 150 MAX / HIT-ICE
Drill hole using a rotoPush the HIT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole hammer or Hilti diamond depth (only threads visible). For floor applications coring machine. pushing the rod compacts the drill dust.
Inject adhesive starting from the bottom of the hole.
Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, Do not adjust the HIT-TZ it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of rod between the gel and the hole and fill entirely with adhesive. cure times. Apply a load only after the appropriate cure time has elapsed.
Description Threaded Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit Diameter (in.) Depth of Embedment (in.) Maximum Fastening Thickness (in.) Overall Length (in.) Item No. HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Item No. HIT-RTZ 316 Stainless Steel Quantity per Box
HIT-TZ HIT-TZ HIT-TZ HIT-TZ
3/8x2-7/8/1 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2 5/8x4/2-1/4 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
1 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4
4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 8-9/16
337484 337485 337486 337487
337498 337499 337500 337501
40 24 16 8
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System Product Description

Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX is a hybrid adhesive mortar combining urethane methacrylate resin, hardener, cement and water. The components are kept separate from the hardener and water by means of a dualcylinder foil cartridge attached to a manifold. It is formulated for fast curing and installation in a wide range of solid and hollow base material temperatures from 14F (-10C) up to 104F (40C). The system consists of adhesive cartridges, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS internally threaded inserts or other fastening element. HIT-HY 150 MAX is designed for fastenings into solid base materials such as concrete, stone, and grout-filled block and is also suitable for fastening into base materials containing voids and holes such as hollow block, lightweight hollow block, brick with holes, and clay tile (with use of screen tubes). The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative threaded rod installed with HIT HY 150 MAX hybrid adhesive. With the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet holes (including standing water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored holes does not adversely affect tensile capacity. Product Features of HIT HY 150 MAX Average 20% higher load capacities than HIT HY 150 May be used for oversized holes up to 1/4" larger than rod size May be used in solid and hollow base materials Quick cure saves time Complete system available, including HAS-E, HIS, HIT-TZ Contains no styrene, virtually odorless Extended temperature range
HY 150 MAX Foil Pack
Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer to ESR-1967
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council) ESR-1967 City of Los Angeles (pending) NSF/ANSI Standard 61 Certification for use of HIT HY 150 MAX in potable water Metro-Dade County (pending)
Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58) IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58) UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58) LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting Materials
The Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design ( LEED ) Green Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System

Guide Specifications Master Format Section: 03250 (Concrete accessories) Related Sections: 03200 (Concrete Reinforcing) 05050 (Metal Fabrication) 05120 (Structural Steel) Injectable adhesive: Shall be used for installation of all reinforcing steel dowels or threaded rods and inserts into new or existing solid concrete or masonry. For hollow base materials an injectable adhesive shall be used with a cylindrical mesh screen tube per the adhesive manufacturers specifications. Adhesive: Shall be furnished in containers which keep component A and component B separate. Containers shall be designed to accept static mixing nozzle which thoroughly blends component A and component B and allows injection directly into drilled hole. Only injection tools and static mixing nozzles supplied by manufacturer shall be used. Manufacturers installation instructions shall be followed. Injection adhesives shall be formulated to include resin and hardener to provide optimal curing speed as well as high strength and stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall be 30 minutes. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150 MAX, as furnished by Hilti. Anchor Rods: Shall be furnished with chamfered ends so that either end will accept a nut and washer. Alternatively, anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45 degree chisel point on one end to allow for easy installation into the adhesive-filled hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured to meet the following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8; 2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel, meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593 (condition CW). Special order of HAS or HIT rods may vary from standard product. Mesh Screen Tube: Shall be formed into a cylindrical shape, with one end closed to prevent extrusion of adhesive through that end. Screen tube shall be manufactured with a mesh size, length and diameter as specified by the adhesive manufacturer. Mesh shall be manufactured from: 1. Low carbon steel with zinc electroplating or 2. AISI 304 stainless steel or plastic. 3. Anchor rods and screens shall be the Hilti HIT system as manufactured by Hilti. Nuts and Washers: Shall be furnished to meet the requirements of the above anchor rod specifications.
Fastener Components
ED 3500 Battery Dispenser
MD 2000 Dispenser HAS Threaded Rod HIS Internally Threaded Inserts HIT-RE Mixer HIT-HY 150 MAX Foil Pack HIT Foil Pack Holder P 3500 Dispenser
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods
Rebar (supplied by contractor)
P 8000 Dispenser
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System Material Specifications

Material Properties for Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 Flexural Strength ASTM C 580 Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307 Water Absorption ASTM D 570 Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 > 50 MPa > 20 MPa > 3500 MPa < 2% ~ 2 x 1011 OHM/cm >7252 psi > 2900 psi > 5.07 x 105 psi < 2% ~ 5.1 x 1011 OHM/in.
Material
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8 High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7 HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3 HIS & HIT-I Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3 Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8" Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4" HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651. Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594 HAS & HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240 HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
Mechanical Properties f min. f ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

y u
58 105 50.8 54.4 65 45 36
(400) (724) (350) (375) (448) (310) (248)
72.5 125
(500) (862)
101.5 (700) 66.7 100 85 58 (460) (689) (586) (400)
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8), HIT & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, Nuts & Washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1 7/8 HAS Super Rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153 HIT and HAS-E Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.
Technical Data
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods
HAS Rod Size Details dbit bit diameter1 in. (mm) in. in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 3-3/8 (86) 18 (24) 15 (20) 5-3/8 (136) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 4-1/2 (114) 30 (41) 20 (27) 6-1/2 (165) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 5-5/8 (143) 75 (102) 50 (68) 7-5/8 (195) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 6-3/4 (172) 150 (203) 105 (142) 8-3/4 (222) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 7/8 (22.2) 1 7-7/8 (200) 175 (237) 125 (169) 9-7/8 (250) 1.0 hef+ 2 (51) 1 (25.4) 1-1/8 9 (229) 235 (319) 165 (224) 11-1/4 (286) 1.0 hef+ 2-1/4 (57) 1-1/4 (31.8) 1-3/8 11-1/4 (286) 400 (540) 280 (375) 14-1/4 (362) 1.0 hef+ 3 (76)
h dbit hef t Tmax
hef = hnom standard embedment2 Tmax All hef > hnom max. Hilti tightening Threaded hef < hnom torque Rods h minimum base material thickness3 hef = hnom
hef = hnom
1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. 2 Data available for varying embedment depths, see load tables. 3 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid back side blowout during drilling process. Ability of base material to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods
HIT-TZ Rod Details dbit hnom l Tmax h hfix bit diameter standard depth of embedment1 length of anchor max. tightening torque min. base material thickness max. thickness fastened in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 7/16 2-7/8 (73) 1/2 (12.7) 9/16 3-1/2 (89) 5/8 (15.9) 11/16 4 (102) 3/4 (19.1) 13/16 5-1/4 (133) 10-1/2 (267) 150 (200) 7-7/8 (200) 2-1/4 (57.2)
hnom h
tfix
dc do Tinst
4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 (114.3) (144.5) (179.4) 18 (24) 3-3/4 (95) 1 (25.4) 30 (40) 5-1/4 (133) 1-1/2 (38.1) 75 (100) 6 (152) 2-1/4 (57.2)
1 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8 (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts

HIS Insert Details dbit hnom bit diameter standard depth of embedment usable thread length max. tightening torque min. base material thickness in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) ft lb (Nm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 11/16 4 1/4 (110) 1 (25) 18 (24) 6-3/8 (162) 1/2 (12.7) 7/8 5 (127) 1-3/16 (30) 35 (47) 7-1/2 (191) 5/8 (15.9) 1-1/8 6-5/8 (168) 1-1/2 (38) 80 (108) 10 (254) 3/4 (19.1) 1-1/4 8-1/4 (210) 2 (51) 160 (217) 12-3/8 (314)
hnom ef h
dbit
Tmax
th
Tmax h
Recommended Hilti Rotary Hammer Drill
TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25, 25, 35 35, 46
TE 46, 56, 76
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete

Rebar Size: Details dbit bit diameter1, 2 in. 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 No. 3 No. 4 No. 5 No. 6 No. 7 No. 8 No. 9 No. 10
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Size: Details dbit bit diameter1, 2 14 mm 3/4" 24mm 1-1/8" 37mm 1-9/16" 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 35M
1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. 2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.
Combined Shear and Tension Loading
( ) ( )
Nd + Vd N rec Vrec
5/3
5/3
< 1.0

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor Size Details dbit h1 hmin bit diameter min. depth of hole min. base material thickness required screen tube t Tmax max. thickness fastened max. tightening torque in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Tile 1/4 x 2-1/2 (6.4 x 64) 1/2 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 12A 1/4 (6) Finger Tight 1/4 (6) 3 (4) Hollow and Lightweight Block 5/16 x 2-1/2 (7.9 x 64) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) 3/8 x 3 (9.5 x 75) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 16/2 5/8 (16) 5 (7) 3/4 (19) 7 (9) 5/8 (16) 3 (4) 1/2 x 3-1/8 (12.7 x 80) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile 5/16 x 4 (7.9 x 100) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) 3/8 x 4-3/8 (9.5 x 110) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) HIT S - 16 3/4 (19) 5 (7) 3/4 (19) 7 (9) 1/2 x 4-1/2 (12.7 x 115) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor Size Details dbit h1 hmin bit diameter min. depth of hole min. base material thickness required screen tube hs Tmax max. usable thread length max. tightening torque in. (mm) ft-lb (Nm) in. (mm) in. in. (mm) in. (mm) Tile #14 Screw 1/2 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 12I min 1-1/4 - 1-1/2 (min 30-40) Finger Tight 3 (4) Hollow and Lightweight Block 5/16 x 2 (7.9 x 50) 5/8 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) HIT S - 16/2 3/8 x 2 (9.5 x 50) 27/32 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) 1/2 x 2 (12.7 x 50) 27/32 2-3/81 (60) 3-1/2 (89) Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile 5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16 (7.9 x 80) (9.5 x 80) 5/8 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) HIT S - 16/2 27/32 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127) 1/2 x 3-3/16 (12.7 x 80) 27/32 3-3/4 (95) 5 (127)
HIT S - 22/2 min 1/2 1-1/2 (min 12-35) 5 (7) 7 (9)
HIT S - 22/2 min 1/2 3 (min 12-75)
3 (4)
5 (7)
7 (9)
1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 2, 3
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear
Anchor Embedment fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi Diameter Depth (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) in (mm) in (mm) 1 3/4 (44) 3 3/8 (86) 4 1/2 (114) 2 1/4 (57) 4 1/2 (114) 6 (152) 2 7/8 (73) 5 5/8 (143) 7 1/2 (190) 3 3/8 (86) 6 3/4 (172) 9 (229) 4 (101) 7 7/8 (200) 10 1/2 (267) 4 1/2 (114) 9 (229) 12 (305) 5 5/8 (143) 11 1/4 (286) 15 (381) 725 (3.2) 2110 (9.4) 2150 (9.6) 1385 (6.2) 4000 (17.8) 4705 (20.9) 1940 (8.6) 5955 (16.5) 7320 (32.6) 2625 (11.7) 6460 (28.7) 11175 (49.7) 3375 (15.0) 9910 (44.1) 14385 (64.0) 5210 (23.2) 11595 (51.6) 17340 (77.1) 6985 (31.1) 18345 (81.6) 25575 (113.8) 1155 (5.1) 3055 (13.6) 3055 (13.6) 2090 (9.3) 4980 (22.2) 4980 (22.2) 2730 (12.1) 8410 (37.4) 8410 (37.4) 4295 (19.1) 9985 (44.4) 11175 (49.7) 5300 (23.6 14815 (65.9) 15345 (68.3) 6570 (29.2) 17475 (77.7) 18685 (83.1) 9935 (44.2) 30085 (133.8) 30085 (133.8) 1675 (7.5) 3155 (14.0) 4855 (21.6) 2750 (12.2) 5610 (25.0) 8635 (38.4) 4095 (18.2) 8760 (39.0) 13495 (60.0) 6110 (27.2) 12615 (56.1) 19430 (86.4) 7670 (34.1) 17175 (76.4) 26440 (117.6) 9990 (44.4) 22435 (99.8) 34535 (153.6) 13180 (58.6) 35050 (155.9) 53960 (240.0) 2360 (10.5) 4460 (19.8) 6860 (30.5) 3890 (17.3) 7935 (35.3) 12210 (54.3) 5790 (25.8) 12395 (55.1) 19080 (84.9) 8635 (38.4) 17840 (79.4) 27470 (122.2) 10840 (48.2) 24290 (108.0) 37390 (166.3) 14120 (62.8) 31720 (141.1) 48830 (217.2) 18640 (82.9) 49570 (220.5) 76300 (339.4) 2900 (12.9) 8440 (37.5) 8600 (38.3) 5540 (24.6) 16000 (71.2) 18820 (83.7) 7760 (34.5) 23820 (106.0) 29280 (130.2) 10500 (46.7) 25840 (114.9) 44700 (198.8) 13500 (60.1) 39640 (176.3) 57540 (255.9) 20840 (92.7) 46380 (206.3) 69360 (308.5) 27940 (124.3) 73380 (326.4) 102300 (455.1) 4620 (20.6) 12220 (54.4) 12220 (54.4) 8360 (37.2) 19920 (88.6) 19920 (88.6) 10920 (48.6) 33640 (149.6) 33640 (149.6) 17180 (76.4) 39940 (177.7) 44700 (198.8) 21200 (94.3) 59260 (263.6) 61380 (273.0) 26280 (116.9) 69900 (310.9) 74740 (332.5) 39740 (176.8) 120340 (535.3) 120340 (535.3) 5020 (12.3) 9460 (42.1) 14560 (64.8) 8240 (6.7) 16820 (74.8) 25900 (115.2) 12280 (54.6) 26280 (116.9) 40480 (180.1) 18320 (81.5) 37840 (168.3) 58280 (259.2) 23000 (102.3) 51520 (229.2) 79320 (352.8) 29960 (133.3) 67300 (299.4) 103600 (460.8) 39540 (175.9) 105140 (467.7) 161880 (720.1) 7080 (31.5) 13380 (59.5) 20580 (91.5) 11660 (51.9) 23800 (105.9) 36620 (162.9) 17360 (77.2) 37180 (165.4) 57240 (254.6) 25900 (115.2) 53520 (238.1) 82400 (366.5) 32520 (144.7) 72860 (324.1) 112160 (498.9) 42360 (188.4) 95160 (423.3) 146480 (651.6) 55920 (248.7) 148700 (661.4) 228900 (1018.2)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
7/8 (22.2)
1 (25.4)
1 1/4 (31.8)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
2 For hef > hnom average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method. For hef < hnom average ultimate concrete shear values based on testing.
3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with compressed air and wire brush per manufacturers instructions.

Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard ISO 898 Class 5.8 Tensile lb (kN) 2640 (11.7) 4700 (20.9) 7340 (32.6) 10570 (47.0) 14385 (64.0) 18790 (83.6) 29360 (130.6) Shear lb (kN) 1360 (6.0) 2420 (10.8) 3780 (16.8) 5445 (24.2) 7410 (33.0) 9680 (43.1) 15125 (67.3) HAS Super ASTM A 193 B7 Tensile lb (kN) 4555 (20.3) 8100 (36.0) 12655 (56.3) 18225 (81.1) 24805 (110.3) 32400 (144.1) 50620 (225.2) Shear lb (kN) 2345 (10.4) 4170 (18.5) 6520 (29.0) 9390 (41.8) 12780 (56.9) 16690 (74.2) 26080 (116.0) HAS SS AISI 304/316 SS Tensile lb (kN) 3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12390 (55.1) 16865 (75.0) 22030 (98.0) 34425 (153.1) Shear lb (kN) 1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4) 8690 (38.7) 11350 (50.5) 17735 (78.9) HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods Tensile lb (kN) 3170 (14.1) 5636 (25.1) 8805 (39.2) 12685 (56.4) Shear lb (kN) 1635 (7.3) 2900 (12.9) 4535 (20.2) 6535 (29.1) -
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD): Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area
Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard ISO 898 Class 5.8 Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) HAS Super ASTM A 193 B7 Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) HAS SS AISI 304/316 SS Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods Yield Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN)
3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) 7/8 (22.2) 1 (25.4) 1-1/4 (31.8)
4495 (20.0) 8230 (36.6) 13110 (58.3) 19400 (86.3) 26780 (119.1) 35130 (156.3) 56210 (250.0)
6005 (26.7) 10675 (47.5) 16680 (75.1) 24020 (106.8) 32695 (145.4) 42705 (190.0) 66730 (296.8)
3605 (16.0) 6405 (28.5) 10010 (44.5) 14415 (64.1) 19620 (87.3) 25625 (114.0) 40035 (178.1)
8135 (36.2) 14900 (66.3) 23730 (105.6) 35120 (156.2) 48480 (215.6) 63600 (282.9)
10350 (46.0) 18405 (81.9) 28760 (127.9) 41420 (184.2) 56370 (250.7) 73630 (327.5)
6210 (27.6) 11040 (49.1) 17260 (76.8) 24850 (110.5) 33825 (150.5) 44180 (196.5) 69030 (307.1)
5035 (22.4) 9225 (41.0) 14690 (65.3) 15050 (66.9) 20775 (92.3) 27255 (121.2) 43610 (194.0)
8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 38335 (170.5) 50070 (222.7) 78235 (348.0)
4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16800 (74.7) 23000 (102.3) 30040 (133.6) 46940 (208.8)
5690 (25.3) 10105 (44.9) 15795 (70.3) 22750 (101.2) -
7210 (32.1) 12810 (57.0) 20020 (89.1) 28825 (128.2) -
4325 (19.2) 7685 (34.2) 12010 (53.4) 17295 (76.9) -
101755 115050 (452.6) (511.8)
1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD): Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear Tensile Shear Embedment fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi Depth (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) in. (mm) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2-7/8 (73) 3-1/2 (89) 4 (102) 5-1/4 (133) 1800 (8.0) 2720 (12.1) 3850 (17.1) 5405 (24.0) 2255 (10.0) 3020 (13.4) 5750 (25.6) 7275 (32.4) 1710 (7.6) 2600 (11.6) 3490 (15.5) 5850 (26.0) 2415 (10.7) 3680 (16.4) 4935 (22.0) 8275 (36.8) 7200 (32.0) 10880 (48.4) 15400 (68.5) 21620 (96.2) 9020 (40.1) 12080 (53.7) 23000 (102.3) 29100 (129.4) 6840 (30.4) 10400 (46.3) 13960 (62.1) 23400 (104.1) 9660 (43.0) 14720 (65.5) 19740 (87.8) 33100 (147.2)
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity Tensile Shear fc > 2000 psi _ fc > 2000 psi _ (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) 2875 (12.8) 4890 (21.8) 7430 (33.1) 9920 (44.1) 1605 (7.1) 3040 (13.5) 4575 (20.4) 6305 (28.0) Allowable Bolt Strength1,2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 4370 (19.4) 7775 (34.6) 12150 (54.0) 17495 (77.8) 2250 (10.0) 4005 (17.8) 6260 (27.8) 9010 (40.1) ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 3645 (16.2) 6480 (28.8) 10125 (45.0) 12395 (55.1) 1875 (8.3) 3335 (14.8) 5215 (23.2) 6385 (28.4)
Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2 Tensile Shear fc > 2000 psi _ fc > 2000 psi _ (13.8 MPa) (13.8 MPa) lb (kN) lb (kN) 11495 (51.1) 19570 (87.1) 29720 (132.2) 39675 (176.5) 6425 (28.6) 12170 (54.1) 18310 (81.4) 25215 (112.2) Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2 ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 9935 (44.2) 17665 (78.6) 27610 (122.8) 39760 (176.9)
Ultimate Load Values Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom
Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/4 (108) 5 (127) 6-5/8 (168) 8-1/4 (210)
ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel Tensile Shear lb (kN) lb (kN) 8280 (36.8) 14720 (65.5) 23010 (102.4) 28165 (125.3) 4970 (22.1) 8835 (39.3) 13805 (61.4) 16900 (75.2)
5960 (26.5) 10600 (47.2) 16565 (73.7) 23855 (106.1)
1 Steel values in accordance with AISC ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8" Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4" 2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.
Allowable Load Values Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods installed in Lightweight Concrete > 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 1, 2 _
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44) 3-3/8 (86) 2-1/4 (57) 4-1/2 (114) 2-7/8 (73) 5-5/8 (143) 3-3/8 (86) 6-3/4 (172) Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity lb (kN) Tensile Shear 855 1510 (3.8) (6.7) 2210 1590 (9.8) (7.1) 1515 2405 (6.7) (10.7) 3815 2440 (17.0) (10.9) 2110 4755 (9.4) (21.2) 4655 4755 (20.7) 2560 (1.4) 6765 (30.1) (21.2) 6160 (27.4) 6160 (27.4) Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity lb (kN) Tensile Shear 3420 6040 (15.2) (26.9) 8840 6360 (39.3) (28.3) 6060 9620 (27.1) (42.8) 15260 9760 (67.9) (43.4) 8440 19020 (37.5) (84.6) 18620 19020 (82.8) 10240 (45.5) 27060 (120.4) (84.6) 24640 (109.6) 24640 (109.6)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)
1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value. The lesser of these values is to be used for design. 2 All values based on holes drilled with carbide tipped bit and cleaned with a wire brush.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to fc= 2000 psi Normal Weight Concrete with HIT-HY 150 MAX
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) 5/8 (15.9) 10 (254) 3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172) 7-7/8 (200) 7/8 (22.2) 15 (381) Edge Distance in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) 1-3/4 (44.5) 2-3/4 (69.9) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) 1790 (8.0) 2240 (10.0) 2275 (10.1) 2525 (11.2) 4410 (19.6) 5045 (22.4) 2660 (11.8) 3150 (14.0) 3420 (15.2) 4320 (19.2) 7980 (35.5) 8085 (36.0) Load II to Edge 1555 (6.9) 1815 (8.1) 2550 (11.3) 2670 (11.9) 2550 (11.3) 2670 (11.9) 2620 (11.7) 3375 (15.0) 3980 (17.7) 4320 (19.2) 3980 (17.7) 4320 (19.2) Load to Edge 555 (2.5) 940 (4.2) 555 (2.5) 940 (4.2) 855 (3.8) 975 (4.3) 910 (4.0) 1105 (4.9) 1070 (4.8) 1300 (5.8) 1070 (4.8) 1300 (5.8)
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to Top of Grout Filled Block Wall with HIT-HY 150 MAX1
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) Edge Distance in. (mm) 1-3/4 (44.5) 1-3/4 (44.5) Shear lb (kN) Tension lb (kN) 1095 (6.1) 1240 (6.9) Load II to Edge 815 (4.5) 965 (5.4) Load to Edge 295 (2.5) 400 (2.2)
1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 4.0.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) 6-3/4 (172) Distance from Edge in. (mm) 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ Tension5 lb (kN) 1100 (4.9) 1188 (5.3) 1319 (5.9) 1581 (7.0) 1713 (7.6) 2313 (10.3) 1975 (8.8) 3050 (13.6) Shear5 lb (kN) 1419 (6.3) 1419 (6.3) 2181 (9.7) 2338 (10.4) 2650 (11.8) 3238 (14.4) 2756 (12.3) 3481 (15.5)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7) 5/8 (15.9) 3/4 (19.1) Embedment Depth in. (mm) 3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 5-5/8 (143) 6-3/4 (172) Distance from Edge in. (mm) 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ 4 (101.6) > 20 (508) _ Tension5 lb (kN) 4400 (19.6) 4750 (21.1) 5275 (23.5) 6325 (28.1) 6850 (30.5) 9250 (41.1) 7900 (35.1) 12200 (54.3) Shear5 lb (kN) 5675 (25.2) 5675 (25.2) 8725 (38.8) 9350 (41.6) 10600 (47.2) 12950 (57.6) 11025 (49.0) 13925 (61.9)
1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90 with 1500 psi grout conforming to ASTM C 476. 2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit. 3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, "T" joint, cross web or any combination of the above. 4 Values for edge distance between 4 inches and 20 inches can be calculated by linear interpolation. 5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material strength.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block

Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance
Anchor Size hnom in. (mm) in. (mm) 3/8 (9.5) 3-3/8 (86) 1/2 (12.7) 4-1/2 (114) 5/8 (15.8) 5-5/8 (143) 3/4 (19.1) 6-3/4 (172)
s V c
hnom = standard embedment depth
Edge Distance for Shear and Tension: Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block ccr cmin = 20 in. (508 mm) minimum from free edge = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge
Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension: Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block scr = smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment Anchor Type Anchor Diameter in. (mm) 1/4 3 (6.4) HIT-A Rod Anchor 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block
HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment

Brick with Holes Clay Tile
Tension lb (kN) 190 (0.8) 275 (1.2) 395 (1.8) 395 (1.8)
Shear lb (kN) 340 (1.5) 505 (2.2) 790 (3.5) 1230 (5.5)
Tension lb (kN) 365 (1.6) 565 (2.5) 775 (3.4) 775 (3.4)
Shear lb (kN) 305 (1.4) 530 (2.4) 930 (4.1) 1375 (6.1)
Tension lb (kN) 130 (0.6) 150 (0.7) 150 (0.7) 150 (0.7)
Shear lb (kN) 100 (0.4) 220 (1.0) 220 (2.2) 500 (2.2)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear. 2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values. 3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Internally Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block, Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-I Short 2" (51mm) Embedment Anchor Type Anchor Diameter in. (mm)
No 14 screw w/ insert3
HIT-I Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment

Brick with Holes Clay Tile
L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block
Tension lb (kN) 180 (0.8) 300 (1.3) 300 (1.3) 300 (1.3)
Shear lb (kN) 510 (2.3) 780 (3.5) 1425 (6.3) 1800 (8.0)
Tension lb (kN) 300 (1.3) 585 (2.6) 1160 (5.2) 1160 (5.2)
Shear lb (kN) 530 (2.4) 750 (3.3) 1380 (6.1) 1635 (7.3)
Tension lb (kN) 85 (0.4) 175 (0.8) 185 (0.8) 185 (0.8)
Shear lb (kN) 150 (0.7) 220 (1.0) 435 (1.9) 500 (2.2)
(6.4) HIT-I Insert Anchor 5/16 (7.9) 3/8 (9.5) 1/2 (12.7)
1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear. 2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values. 3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.
Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Brick Walls Spacing: scr = smin = Two (2) complete bricks in any direction Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = Two (2) complete bricks (max), and 16" (406 mm) in any direction (min) (whichever is less.) Clay Tile Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight Concrete Block Spacing: scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell Edge Distance: ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge
Wall Elevation

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength Nominal Rebar Size Embed. Depth in. (mm) fc = 2000 psi Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 8100 (36.0) 8700 (38.7) 13840 (61.6) 18800 (83.6) 20200 (89.9) 28600 (127.2) 27080 (120.5) 36680 (163.2) 36200 (161.0) 49940 (222.1) 45860 (204.0) 66680 (296.6) 54660 (243.1) 88000 (391.4) 68200 (303.4) 101720 (452.5) Embed. to Develop Yield Strength1 in. (mm) Embed. to Develop Tensile Strength1 in. (mm) 5 (127) Ultimate Bond Strength lb (kN) 8240 (36.7) 11380 (50.6) 14840 (66.0) 20620 (91.7) 25060 (111.5) 29900 (133.0) 27080 (120.5) 43820 (194.9) 40360 (179.5) 57760 (256.9) 58860 (261.8) 73800 (328.3) 68580 (305.1) 88000 (391.4) 80520 (358.2) 115160 (512.3) fc = 4000 psi Embed. to Develop Yield Strength1 in. (mm) Embed. to Develop Tensile Strength1 in. (mm) 4 (102) Grade 60 Rebar
Yield Strength lb (kN)
Tensile Strength lb (kN)
#3
3-3/8 (86) 4-1/2 (114) 4-1/2 (114) 6 (152) 5-5/8 (143) 7-1/2 (190) 6-3/4 (172) 9 (229) 7-7/8 (200) 10-1/2 (267) 9 (229) 12 (305) 10-1/8 (257) 13-1/2 (343) 11-1/4 (286) 15 (381)
3-3/8 (86)
3-3/8 86)
6600 (29.4)
9900 (44.0)
#4
4-1/2 (114)
5-7/8 (149)
4-1/2 (114)
5 3/8 (137)
12000 (53.4)
18000 (80.1)
#5
5-5/8 (143)
7-3/8 (187)
5-5/8 (143)
6 3/4 (172)
18600 (82.7)
27900 (124.1)
#6
6-3/4 (172)
10 (254)
6-3/4 (172)
8 1/2 (216)
26400 (117.4)
39600 (176.2)
#7
7-7/8 (200)
11-5/8 (295)
7-7/8 (200)
10 (254)
36000 (160.1)
54000 (240.2)
#8
9-3/8 (238)
13-3/8 (340)
9 (229)
11 1/2 (292)
47450 (211.1)
71100 (316.3)
#9
10-3/4 (273)
15 (381)
10-1/8 (257)
14 3/8 (365)
60000 (266.9)
90000 (400.3)
#10
12-1/4 (311)
16-7/8 (429)
11-1/4 (286)
15 (381)
76200 (339.0)
114300 (508.4)
1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values or ultimate bond stress calculated strength values versus ultimate tensile strength of rebar. For more information, contact Hilti.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete 1, 4, 5
Concrete Compressive Strength 2, 3, 4 fc = 14 MPa Rebar Size Embedment Depth mm 85 115 145 190 170 230 230 305 260 345 Ultimate Bond kN 36.0 38.7 89.9 127.2 120.5 163.2 204.0 296.6 243.1 391.4 Allowable Bond kN 9 9.7 22.5 31.8 30.1 40.8 51 74.2 60.8 97.9 fc = 28 MPa Ultimate Bond kN 36.7 50.6 111.5 133 120.5 194.9 261.8 328.3 305.1 391.4 Allowable Bond kN 9.2 12.7 27.9 33.3 30.1 48.7 65.5 82.1 76.3 97.9
Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3
fy = 400 MPa Yield Strength kN Tensile Strength kN
10M 15M 20M 25M 30M
40 80 120 200 280
60 120 180 300 420
1 For anchoring to grout filled block or bond beams, please refer to table for loads in grout filled concrete masonry units for HIT-HY 150 MAX. 2 Use lesser values of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity. 3 Actual bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes. 4 Test data developed for hammer drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering. 5 For HIT-HY 150 MAX anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to page 140.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor
Embedment Depth, in. 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-11/16 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-5/8 3 3-3/8 4 4-3/8 5 5-1/16 5-1/4 5-5/8 6 6-3/4 7 8 8-1/2 9 10 11 12
3/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
1/2" diameter
Edge Distance Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)
Spacing Tension/Shear fA 6
Edge Distance Tension, fRN 2-1/4 4-1/2 6

( toward edge)

1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 2-1/4 4-1/2 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.92 0.95 1.00 0.60 0.63 0.66 0.75 0.79 0.77 0.86 0.78 0.75 0.91 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.80 0.77 1.00 0.82 0.78 0.84 0.79 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.83 0.91 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.86 0.95 0.88 0.96 0.89 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.96 0.98 1.00 0.17 0.20 0.23 0.36 0.44 0.50 0.56 0.59 0.67 0.76 0.91 1.00 0.45 0.47 0.49 0.58 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.78 0.84 0.94 1.00
2-1/4 4-1/2
2-1/4 4-1/2
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.87 0.92 0.99 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.17 0.22 0.26 0.30 0.32 0.39 0.45 0.55 0.61 0.71 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.39 0.43 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.75 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.74 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.92 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.59 0.62 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.84 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.75 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.70 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.84 0.77 0.87 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.82 0.78 0.83 0.79 0.85 0.81 0.86 0.81 0.86 0.81 0.88 0.82 0.89 0.84 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.86 0.96 0.89 0.98 0.90 1.00 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.63 0.67 0.70 0.76 0.79 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.67 0.69 0.73 0.74 0.75 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.87 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.17 0.27 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.45 0.52 0.59 0.70 0.77 0.88 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.22 0.26 0.31 0.39 0.43 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.75 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.26 0.30 0.35 0.36 0.38 0.41 0.45 0.52 0.54 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.82 0.91 1.00
0.45 0.52 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.92 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.48 0.51 0.54 0.59 0.62 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.84 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.51 0.53 0.57 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.69 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.88 0.94 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing for scr > s > smin Tension and Shear smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67 Edge Distance for ccr > c > cmin Tension cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4 Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) 0.0375 II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312
Shear, where hef 9.0 x d1 cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) 0.107
1 d = nominal bolt diameter
II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

Embedment Depth, in. 1-7/16 1-11/16 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-3/8 3-3/4 4-5/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5-1/16 5-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-1/2 8 8-7/16 9 10-1/8 11-1/4 12 13 13-1/2 14 15 16 18
5/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA Edge Distance Tension, fRN Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
3/4" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear fA 9

( toward edge)

2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4 0.75 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.92 0.93 0.94 0.96 1.00 0.60 0.63 0.68 0.71 0.75 0.75 0.79 0.76 0.82 0.77 0.87 0.78 0.75 0.92 0.80 0.76 1.00 0.80 0.77 0.81 0.77 0.82 0.78 0.84 0.80 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.83 0.89 0.84 0.90 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.87 0.97 0.89 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.96 0.97 0.98 1.00 0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.37 0.40 0.45 0.50 0.59 0.61 0.65 0.69 0.79 0.94 1.00 0.45 0.47 0.50 0.53 0.55 0.58 0.60 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.74 0.77 0.80 0.86 0.96 1.00 0.75 0.77 0.79 0.80 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.89 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.96 1.00
3-3/8 6-3/4 0.17 0.21 0.24 0.27 0.31 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.67 0.79 0.85 0.88 0.95 1.00
3-3/8 6-3/4 0.45 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.54 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.78 0.86 0.90 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.71 0.72 0.74 0.76 0.81 0.88 0.91 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.94 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.32 0.34 0.36 0.39 0.46 0.56 0.60 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.89 1.00
0.17 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.27 0.32 0.39 0.42 0.45 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.64 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.89 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.49 0.51 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.64 0.71 0.73 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.55 0.60 0.62 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.93 0.95 1.00
0.60 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.84 0.78 0.91 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 0.96 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.81 0.78 0.84 0.79 0.85 0.80 0.85 0.81 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.82 0.89 0.84 0.92 0.86 0.95 0.88 0.96 0.89 0.99 0.91 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.95 0.96 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.66 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.74 0.80 0.83 0.84 0.87 0.90 0.93 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.66 0.70 0.72 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.25 0.26 0.28 0.31 0.36 0.45 0.48 0.51 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.72 0.82 0.88 0.96 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.20 0.25 0.31 0.34 0.35 0.39 0.41 0.45 0.52 0.59 0.63 0.69 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.58 0.63 0.66 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 0.92 0.97 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.47 0.50 0.54 0.56 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.72 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.88 0.92 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchors Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor
Embedment Depth, in. 2 2-1/4 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 3-15/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-1/4 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 10 11 11-1/2 11-13/16 12 13 14 15 15-3/4 18 20 21 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
7/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 4 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.92 0.95 0.98 1.00 7-7/8 10-1/2 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 4 0.60 0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.79 0.85 0.88 0.90 0.93 1.00 7-7/8 10-1/2 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

4 0.17 0.20 0.22 0.27 0.33 0.37 0.43 0.46 0.48 0.51 0.59 0.66 0.74 0.79 0.84 0.90 1.00
7-7/8 10-1/2
4 0.45 0.47 0.48 0.52 0.55 0.58 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.67 0.72 0.78 0.83 0.86 0.90 0.93 1.00
7-7/8 10-1/2
0.75 0.76 0.77 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.92 0.94 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.81 0.83 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.89 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.64 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.74 0.78 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.91 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.78 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.86 0.90 0.93 0.97 1.00
0.17 0.21 0.23 0.24 0.26 0.32 0.37 0.42 0.46 0.49 0.53 0.60 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.74 0.81 0.88 0.95 1.00
0.17 0.21 0.25 0.29 0.32 0.34 0.37 0.42 0.47 0.50 0.52 0.53 0.58 0.63 0.68 0.72 0.84 0.95 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.49 0.50 0.51 0.55 0.58 0.62 0.64 0.66 0.69 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.87 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.45 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.55 0.56 0.58 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.89 0.96 1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors Anchor Diameter Adjustment Factor
Embedment Depth, in. 2-1/4 2-1/2 2-13/16 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-5/8 6 6-3/4 7-1/2 8 8-7/16 9 10 11-1/4 12 13 13-1/2 14-1/16 16 16-7/8 18 20 22 22-1/2 24 26 28 30
1" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 4-1/2 0.75 0.76 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.92 0.95 0.96 0.98 1.00 9 12 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 4-1/2 9 12 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
1-1/4" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear fA 5-5/8 11-1/4 15

( toward edge)

4-1/2 0.17 0.19 0.22 0.24 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.42 0.48 0.52 0.59 0.65 0.70 0.74 0.79 0.88 1.00
12
4-1/2 0.45 0.46 0.48 0.50 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.62 0.66 0.68 0.72 0.77 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.92 1.00
12
5-5/8 11-1/4 15
5-5/8 11-1/4
15
0.60 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.71 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.84 0.77 0.90 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.81 0.77 0.82 0.78 0.82 0.79 0.84 0.79 0.85 0.81 0.88 0.82 0.89 0.84 0.91 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.86 0.96 0.89 0.98 0.90 1.00 0.92 0.95 0.97 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.62 0.65 0.67 0.70 0.73 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.84 0.90 0.93 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.63 0.65 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.73 0.78 0.80 0.83 0.85 0.87 0.93 0.96 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.24 0.26 0.31 0.35 0.39 0.41 0.45 0.51 0.59 0.63 0.69 0.72 0.76 0.88 0.93 1.00
0.17 0.20 0.24 0.26 0.28 0.31 0.35 0.41 0.45 0.49 0.52 0.54 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.82 0.91 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.50 0.51 0.54 0.57 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.92 0.95 1.00
0.45 0.47 0.50 0.51 0.52 0.54 0.57 0.61 0.63 0.66 0.68 0.70 0.76 0.78 0.82 0.88 0.94 0.95 1.00
0.75 0.76 0.78 0.79 0.81 0.82 0.84 0.85 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.65 0.68 0.72 0.76 0.75 0.80 0.76 0.83 0.77 0.88 0.78 0.75 0.93 0.79 0.76 0.97 0.79 0.76 1.00 0.80 0.77 0.82 0.78 0.84 0.79 0.85 0.80 0.86 0.81 0.87 0.82 0.88 0.82 0.90 0.85 0.92 0.86 0.93 0.87 0.96 0.89 0.99 0.91 1.00 0.92 0.93 0.96 0.98 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.64 0.67 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.76 0.80 0.83 0.86 0.88 0.90 0.97 1.00
0.60 0.61 0.63 0.64 0.67 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.83 0.85 0.88 0.93 0.99 1.00
0.17 0.18 0.22 0.26 0.29 0.33 0.38 0.41 0.46 0.52 0.55 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.79 0.85 0.92 0.96 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.23 0.26 0.29 0.31 0.34 0.39 0.45 0.48 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.68 0.72 0.78 0.88 0.98 1.00
0.17 0.19 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.31 0.34 0.37 0.39 0.41 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.63 0.71 0.72 0.78 0.85 0.93 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.48 0.51 0.53 0.56 0.59 0.61 0.64 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.80 0.86 0.90 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.49 0.51 0.53 0.54 0.56 0.59 0.63 0.66 0.69 0.71 0.72 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.92 0.98 1.00
0.45 0.46 0.47 0.49 0.51 0.54 0.56 0.58 0.60 0.61 0.66 0.68 0.71 0.76 0.80 0.82 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Embedment Depth, in. 2 2-7/16 3 3-3/8 4 4-3/8 5 5-1/4 5-7/16 6 6-11/16 7 7-3/16 8-1/2 8-3/4 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
3/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 2-7/8 0.77 0.79 0.81 0.83 0.86 0.87 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.95 0.98 0.99 1.00 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 2-7/8 0.63 0.68 0.74 0.78 0.84 0.88 0.95 0.98 1.00 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
1/2" diameter
Spacing Tension, fAN 3-1/2 0.77 0.79 0.80 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.90 0.92 0.94 0.94 0.99 1.00
Edge Distance Tension, fRN 3-1/2 0.63 0.68 0.71 0.77 0.80 0.85 0.88 0.89 0.94 1.00

( toward edge)

2-7/8 0.25 0.35 0.46 0.55 0.68 0.76 0.90 0.95 1.00
2-7/8 0.53 0.59 0.67 0.72 0.80 0.85 0.94 0.97 1.00
3-1/2 0.25 0.35 0.42 0.53 0.59 0.71 0.75 0.79 0.88 1.00
3-1/2 0.53 0.59 0.63 0.70 0.75 0.82 0.84 0.87 0.93 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing for scr>s>smin Tension and Shear smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 Edge Distance for ccr>c>cmin Tension cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414 Shear cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) 0.1875 II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Embedment Depth, in 2-13/16 3 3-11/16 4-5/16 4-1/2 4-3/4 5 5-3/4 6-3/4 7-3/16 7-5/8 8 8-7/16 9 10 11-1/4 12 13-1/8 Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.
5/8" diameter
Spacing Tension/Shear, fA 4 0.77 0.78 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.83 0.84 0.86 0.90 0.91 0.92 0.94 0.95 0.97 1.00 Edge Distance Tension, fRN 4 0.63 0.65 0.70 0.75 0.76 0.78 0.80 0.86 0.93 0.97 1.00 Edge Distance Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)
3/4" diameter
Spacing Tension, fAN 5-1/4
Edge Distance Tension, fRN 5-1/4

( toward edge)

4 0.25 0.28 0.39 0.49 0.52 0.55 0.60 0.71 0.87 0.94 1.00
4 0.53 0.55 0.62 0.68 0.70 0.72 0.75 0.82 0.92 0.96 1.00
5-1/4
5-1/4
0.77 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.84 0.86 0.87 0.88 0.89 0.90 0.92 0.95 0.97 1.00
0.63 0.67 0.68 0.69 0.71 0.75 0.81 0.84 0.86 0.88 0.91 0.94 1.00
0.25 0.33 0.35 0.38 0.42 0.50 0.62 0.67 0.72 0.76 0.82 0.88 1.00
0.53 0.58 0.59 0.61 0.63 0.69 0.76 0.79 0.82 0.85 0.89 0.93 1.00
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below. Spacing for scr>s>smin Tension and Shear smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68 Edge Distance for ccr>c>cmin Tension cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414 Shear cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef toward edge fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) 0.1875 II or away from edge fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Resistance of HIT-HY 150 MAX to Chemicals
Chemical Sulphuric acid conc. 30% 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% conc. 10% 10% 40% 20% 5% conc. 5% 10% 10% 10% 2% 10% 10% Behavior + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + limited resistance
Hydrochloric acid Nitric acid Phosphoric acid Acetic acid Formic acid Lactic acid Citric acid Sodium Hydroxide (Caustic soda) Ammonia Soda solution Common salt solution Chlorinated lime solution Sodium hypochlorite Hydrogen peroxide Carbolic acid solution Ethanol Sea water Glycol Acetone Carbon tetrachloride Toluene Petrol/Gasoline Machine oil Diesel oil Key: non-resistant
Samples of the HIT-HY 150 MAX resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the time of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant. Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases, this would allow the HIT-HY 150 MAX to be used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical compounds.
Open Gel Time (Approximate)1, 2

Base Material Temperature F 14 23 32 50 68 86 104 C -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 Approximate Gel Time 100 min 40 min 20 min 8 min 6 min 3 min 2 min
Final Cure Time (Approximate)1, 2

Base Material Temperature F 14 23 32 50 68 86 104 C -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40 Approximate Cure Time 12 hrs 4 hrs 2 hrs 1 hr 30 min 30 min 30 min
+ resistant
140 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 0 50 100 150 200
1 The temperature of the HIT-HY 150 MAX adhesive must be between 32F (0C) and 104F (40C) at the time of installation. 2 Use of HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-TZ rods must be installed in base material temperatures 40F (5C).
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for 24 hours, then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure. Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System Installation Instructions

HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
2x
3X
4
90 PSI at 3.5 CFM
9080psi PSI at 6 bar 3.5 CFM
90 PSI at 3.5 CFM
80psi 90 PSI atPSI at 90 6 CFM 3.5 bar CFM 3.5
1. Drill anchor hole with a carbide bit.
2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out all dust and debris from the hole usin compressed air.*
3. Clean hole with wire brush. Proper hole cleaning is essential.
4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of hole and blow out all dust and debris from the hole using compressed air.
2
5 6 7
2
8
90 PSI at 3.5 CFM
2 1
5. Put foil pack into foil pack holder. Remove cap covering threaded projection.
2 2 1 2 1 1
3 3
2 12
1 1
330ml = 2X 500ml = 3x* 8. Discard first trigger pulls of adhesive from each foil pack. *Below 41F (5C) discard four trigger pulls.
6. Screw on static mixer.
7. Put holder/ foil pack into appropriate dispenser.
10
11
12
9. Inject adhesive into hole without forming air pockets starting at the bottom until 1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube extensions when needed to reach the hole bottom.
10. After injecting adhesive depressurize the dispenser by pressing the release button.
11. Insert rod, insert or rebar. Twist during installation. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.
12. Do not disturb anchor between specified gel time and cure time.
13
13. Apply specified torque as required to secure items to be fastened. Do not exceed maximum torque specified.
* For holes with standing water, holes must be flushed clean with water, brushed with a wire brush and again flushed clean with water or other means removing any debris or slurry in the hole. Standing water must be removed prior to performing the remainder of anchor installation.

HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile
1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth gauge, drill the hole, rotation only. Hilti URM bits are recommended for drilling into masonry.
2. Proper hole cleaning is essential. Use a nylon brush to remove loose material. Do not use brushes with metal bristles.
3. Use compressed air to blow out the hole from the bottom. The Hilti air nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.
4. Insert specified HIT-S type screen tube into hole.
330ml = 2X 500ml = 3x*

5. Insert refill pack into holder. 6. Screw on mixing nozzle with extension. 7. Put holder into dispenser. 8. Discard first two trigger pulls of adhesive from each foil pack. *Below 41F (5C) discard four trigger pulls. The minimum number of trigger pulls to fill each screen is as follows: S12 S16/2 9. Fill HIT-S type screen tube completely from back to front edge of screen using the minimum number of trigger pulls listed in table. 10. Unlock dispenser S16 S22/2 S22 1 pump 4 pumps 6 pumps 4 pumps 6 pumps
10
HIT-I INSERT
11
12
13
14
Tmax
OR
11. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A Rod into adhesive-filled screen, twisting slightly.
12. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.
13. Do not disturb fastener between specified gel and cure time.
14. Apply torque to anchor. Do not exceed maximum recommended torque.
15
HIT-A ROD
16
17
18
Tmax

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
1 2 3 4 5
PUSH Do Not Twist.
HIT-HY 150 MAX
HIT-HY 150 MAX
HIT-HY 150 MAX
HIT-HY 150 MAX
Drill hole using a roto-hammer or Hilti diamond coring machine.
Push the HT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole depth (only threads visible). For floor applications pushing the rod compacts the drill dust.
Inject adhesive starting from the bottom of the hole.
Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of the hole and fill entirely with adhesive.
Do not adjust the HIT-TZ rod between the gel and cure times. Apply a load only after the appropriate cure time has elapsed.
HIT-HY 150 MAX Volume Charts

Threaded Rod and HIT-TZ Rod Installation
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) of embedment (in 3) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/4 5/16 7/16 9/16 3/4 7/8 1 1 1/8 1 3/8 0.055 0.095 0.133 0.261 0.326 0.391 0.478 0.626
Rebar Installation
Rod Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) of embedment (in3) #3 or 3/8 #4 or 1/2 #5 or 5/8 #6 or 3/4 #7 or 7/8 #8 or 1 #9 or 1 1/8
#10 or 1 1/4
Metric Rebar Installation (Canada Only)

Bar Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume Diameter Diameter Required per Inch (in.) (in.) embedment (in3) 10M 15M 20M 25M 30M 5/8 3/4 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 0.186 0.170 0.388 0.289 0.481
1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-3/8 1-1/2
0.110 0.146 0.176 0.218 0.252 0.299 0.601 0.659
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
Example: Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep. 10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz: 16.5 2.61= 6 fastenings HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz: 26.9 2.61= 10 fastenings HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo: 81.8 2.61= 31 fastenings
Note: Estimated useable volume of: HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz cartridge is 16.5 in3 (270 ml) HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz cartridge is 26.9 in3 (440 ml) HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo cartridges are 81.8 in3

Technical data
Product: Hybrid/urethane methacrylate Gel time (68F/20C): 5 min* Cure time (68F/20C): 30 min* Base material temp: 14F (-10C) to 104F (40C) Diameter range: 3/8 to 1 1/4
* approximately
HIT-HY 150 MAX Foil Pack
HIT Adhesives
Item No. Description Contents
283548 3412766 283549 283550
HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) MC HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) MC HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo 47.3 fl oz (1400 ml) MC
1 Foil Pack, 1 Mixer with Filler Tube 25 Foil Packs, 25 Mixers, 25 Filler Tubes 20 Foil Packs, 20 Mixers, 20 Filler Tubes 4 Foil Packs, 4 Mixers
HIT Dispensers Battery Powered Dispenser

Item No. Description
3245363
ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit
ED 3500 Battery Dispenser
Manual Dispensers
MD 2000 Dispenser
MD 2500 Dispenser
229154 338853 229170 339477
MD 2000 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs MD 2500 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs Foil Pack Holder Replacement for MD 2000 or BD 2000 dispensers Foil Pack Holder for 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) (MD 2500, P 3500)
Pneumatic Dispensers
P 3500 Dispenser
P 8000 Dispenser
354180 373959 373960
HIT P 3500 Pneumatic Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs HIT P 8000-D Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges) Jumbo Foil Pack Holder Replacement for HIT P 8000 dispenser
HIT-RE-M
HIT Filler Tube

Notes
Mixers and Filler Tubes

Item No: Description Qty/Pkg
337111
HIT-RE Mixer
For use with any cartridge size
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System Ordering Information

HAS-E, HAS-R & HAS Super Rods, HIS Inserts and HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Rods
HAS Rod 5.8 Item No. (Box) Master Carton (MC) Qty Description Box/MC HAS Super A193, B7 High Strength Rods Qty Box HAS-R 304 Stainless Steel Qty Box HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel Qty Description Box
Item No.
Description
Item No.
Description
Item No.
385417 385418 385419 385420 385421 385422 385423 385424 385425 385426 385427 385428 385429 385430 385431 385432 385433 385434 385435 385436 385437 385438 385439 385440 385441 385442 385443 385444 385445 385446 385447
3432178 3432179 3432180 3432181 3432182 3432183 3432184 3432185 3432239 3432186 3432187 3432188 3432189 3432190 3432191 3432052 3432163 3432164 3432165 3432166 3432167 3432168 3432169 3432170 3432171 3432172 3432173 3432174 3432175 3432176 3432177
3/8x3 3/8x4-3/8 3/8x5-1/8 3/8x8 3/8x12 1/2x3-1/8 1/2x4-1/2 1/2x6-1/2 1/2x8 1/2x10 1/2x12 5/8x8 5/8x9 5/8x12 5/8x17 3/4x10 3/4x11 3/4x12 3/4x14 3/4x17 3/4x19 3/4x21 3/4x25 7/8x10 7/8x13 1x12 1x14 1x16 1x20 1-1/4x16 1-1/4x22
10/360 10/240 20/240 10/160 10/90 10/240 10/160 20/160 10/120 10/120 10/80 20/80 10/60 10/60 10/40 10/40 10/30 10/30 10/30 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 10/20 4/16 2/16 2/12 2/12 4/8 4/8
68657
3/8x5-1/8
10
385462 385463
3/8x5-1/8 3/8x8
20 10
3024335
3/8x5-1/8
10
68658
1/2x6-1/2
10
385464 385465 385466
1/2x6-1/2 1/2x8 1/2x10
20 10 10
3024336
1/2x6-1/2
10
3024337 333783 5/8x7-5/8 10 385467 385468 5/8x7-5/8 5/8x10 20 10 333781 3024338 3024339 68660 3/4x9-5/8 5 385469 385470 385471 385472 3/4x9-5/8 3/4x12 3/4x14 3/4x16 10 10 10 10 3024340
1/2x11 5/8x7-5/8 5/8x9 5/8x12 3/4x9-5/8
10 10 10 10 5
3006083
3/4x14
68661 3006077 45259 68662 3006079 3006080 3006081 333779 3006082
7/8x10(HDG) 7/8x12(HDG) 7/8x16(HDG) 1x12 1x14 1x16 1x21 1 1/4x16 1 1/4x23
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4
385473
7/8x10
10
385474
1x12
3024341
1x12
HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R 316 Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIS Item No. HIS-R Item No. Description Usable Thread Length (in.) Qty Box
258020 258021 258022 258023
258029 258030 258031 258032
3/8x4-1/4 1/2x5 5/8x6-5/8 3/4x8-1/4
1 1-3/16 1-1/2 2
10 5 5 5
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods

Threaded Rod Diameter (in.) Drill Bit Diameter (in.) Maximum Depth of Embedment (in.) Fastening Thickness (in.) Overall Length (in.) Qty Box Item No. HIT-TZ ISO 5.8 Carbon Steel Item No. HIT-RTZ 316 Stainless Steel
Description
3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
7/16 9/16 11/16 13/16
2-7/8 3-1/2 4 5-1/4
1 1-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4
4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16 8-9/16
40 24 16 8
337484 337485 337486 337487
337498 337499 337500 337501
HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1 HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2 HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4 HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4

HIT-A and HIT-I Inserts and Screen Tubes
Anchor System Base Material HIT Rod-A/Insert-1 Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) HIT-S Screen Tube Item No. (10 pcs/pkg) Approximate1 Recommended Hilti Bit
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A 78739 49765 2 long HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 4 HIT-S-16 Brick with 88977 68613 3-3/8 long Holes HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 4-3/8 HIT-S-16 88978 68613 3-3/8 long HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 4-1/2 HIT-S-16 88979 68613 3-3/8 long HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A HIT-A 78739 49765 2 long Standard Hollow Block HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 and HIT-A Lightweight 88392 77810 2 long or Normal Short HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 Weight 88393 77810 2 long Anchor HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 Rods 88394 77810 2 long HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A 78739 49765 2 long HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2 88392 77810 2 long Clay Tile HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3 HIT-S-16/2 88393 77810 2 long HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2 88394 77810 2 long Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I (for #14 screw) 49766 2long HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-16 Brick with 88996 68613 3-3/8 long Holes HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 88997 68615 3-3/8 long HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-22 88998 68615 3-3/8 long Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I HIT-I (for #14 screw) 49766 2long Standard Hollow Block HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 and HIT-I Lightweight 88397 77810 2 long Short or Normal HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 Internally Weight 88398 77811 2 long Threaded HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 Inserts 88399 77811 2 long Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I (for #14 screw) 49766 2long HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2 HIT-S-16/2 88397 77810 2 long Clay Tile HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 88398 77811 2 long HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2 HIT-S-22/2 88399 77811 2 long
TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 28043 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-CX 1/2 - 6 205352 TE-C+ 5/8 - 8 28043 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623 TE-C-S 27/32-12 28623
Corrosion Test Methods

Various test methods have been used in the development of Hilti fastening systems to predict performance in corrosive environments. Some of the internationally accepted standards and test methods used in these evaluations are: a. ASTM B 117 Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus b. ASTM G 85 Standard Practice for Modified Salt Spray (Fog) Testing c. ASTM G 87 Standard Practice for Conducting Moist SO2 Tests d. DIN 50021 SS Salt Spray Testing (ISO 3768) e. DIN 50018 2,0 Kesternich Test (ISO 6988) Testing in a Saturated Atmosphere in the Presence of Sulfur Dioxide
Power Driven Fasteners (DX)

Hilti carbon steel DX fasteners are typically zinc plated to a minimum thickness of 5 m for limited corrosion resistance. Another method used to resist corrosion for the Hilti carbon steel ENP series decking fasteners is the use of the stainless steel SDK2 sealing cap with an integrated neoprene seal. Hilti also manufactures stainless steel X-CR powder-actuated nails and threaded studs. The X-CR fasteners are made from a proprietary material with corrosion resistance equivalent to AISI 316 material, but with higher strength and hardness. Because carbon steel DX fasteners are hardened, they can be susceptible to HASCC. It is, therefore, important to evaluate the suitability of the application prior to use if the environment may be corrosive. If in doubt, stainless steel X-CR fasteners are recommended.
Screw Fasteners
Hilti screw fasteners are available with three different types of coatings: a. Phosphate and oil (black oxide), b. Zinc electroplated, c. Kwik-Cote. Black oxide offers the lowest resistance to corrosion and generally restricts use to interior finishing applications. Hilti Kwik-Cote is a proprietary copolymer organic coating that helps protect against galvanic corrosion in a manner similar to zinc. Hilti provides the proprietary Kwik-Cote organic coating on certain types of Kwik-Pro screws and all Kwik-Flex screws. Stainless steel screws (AISI 410 or 300 series) and sealing washers are available on a special order basis. Warning: Because of the potential for HASCC failures, standard hardened carbon steel fasteners are not recommended for use with dissimilar metals or chemically treated wood when moisture may be present or in corrosive environments. For screws that are resistant to HASCC, consider using Hilti Kwik-Flex screws. For more corrosion information, refer to Section 2.3 of the Hilti, Inc., Product Technical Guide 2008.
Hilti Fastening Systems Anchors

Most Hilti metal anchors are available in carbon steel with an electrodeposited zinc coating of at least 5 m with chromate passivation. Chromate passivation reduces the rate of corrosion for zinc coatings, maintains color, abrasion resistance and when damaged, exhibits a unique self healing property. This means that the chromium contained within the film on the anchor surface will repassivate any exposed areas and lower the corrosion rate. Hilti standard and super HAS threaded rods in 7/8" diameter size are zinc coated to at least 50 m by the hot-dip galvanizing process. Other sizes may be available through special orders. Where the long-term integrity of a fastening is important, and there is a risk of corrosion of a carbon steel anchor, then a stainless steel anchor may be specified. It must be noted that under certain extreme conditions, even stainless steel anchors will corrode and additional protective measures will be needed. Stainless steels should not be used when the anchorage will be subjected to long term exposure, immersion in chloride solutions, or in corrosive environments where the average temperature is above 86 F. Hilti HCR High Corrosion Resistant threaded rod is available on a special order basis. It provides superior corrosion resistance to AISI 316 and is an alternative to titanium or other special stainless steels. Note: Specifiers should also consult ACI 318-05 Chapter 4 Durability Requirements, Section 4.4 and Tables 4.4.1 and 4.2.2 for applications where concrete structures will be exposed to chloride ion concentrations, deicing chemicals, salt, salt water, brackish water, seawater or spray from these sources.
In The United Sates

PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred by Hilti in collecting any delinquent amounts, including attorneys fees. All sales are F.O.B. Destination with transportation allowed via Hilti designated mode. Delivery dates are estimates only. Additional charges for expedited shipments, special handling requirements, and orders below certain dollar amounts shall be the responsibility of Customer. Fuel surcharges may apply depending on market conditions. All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval. Products must be in saleable condition to qualify for return. Saleable condition is defined as unused items in original undamaged packaging and unbroken quantities and in as-new condition. All returns are subject to Hilti inspection and acceptance, and a $125 restocking charge if returned more than 90 days after invoice date. Proof of purchase is required for all returned materials. Special orders products and discontinued items are not eligible for return credit. Dated materials are only returnable in case quantity, and within 30 days after invoice date. Hilti warrants that for a period of 12 months from the date it sells a product it will, at its sole option and discretion, refund the purchase price, repair, or replace such product if it contains a defect in material or workmanship. Absence of Hiltis receipt of notification of any such defect within this 12-month period shall constitute a waiver of all claims with regard to such product. THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hilti shall in no event be liable for, and Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti against all claims related to special, direct, indirect, incidental, consequential, or any other damages arising out of or related to the sale, use, or inability to use the product. ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER: Acceptance is limited to the express terms contained herein, and terms are subject to change by Hilti without notice. Additional or different terms proposed by Customer are deemed material and are objected to and rejected, but such rejection shall not operate as a rejection of the offer unless it contains variances in the terms of the description, quantity, price or delivery schedule of the goods. Orders are not deemed accepted by Hilti unless and until it ships the associated items. Any non-domestic Hilti product will be so identified on shipping documents and invoices for customers who properly identify themselves as a federal government entity. All other customers may obtain such information by written request to Hilti, Inc., Contract Compliance, P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74121. Hiltis Quality Department personnel are the only individuals authorized to warrant the country of origin of Hilti products. Hilti is a large business. Prices are those stated on the order, and unless otherwise noted are based on purchasing all items on the order pricing for individual products may vary for purchases of different quantities or item combinations. Hilti does not maintain most favored customer records, makes no representation with respect to same, and rejects any price warranty terms proposed by Customer. Hilti's published net price list is subject to change without notice.
In Canada
PAYMENT TERMS: Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred by Hilti in collecting delinquent amounts, if any, including reasonable attorneys fees. Sales are F.O.B. Destination Point with transportation allowed via Hilti designated mode. Additional charges may apply for expedited delivery, special handling requirements, and order under certain limits. A fuel surcharge may apply depending on market conditions. All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval. Product may be returned prepaid (unless otherwise authorized) to Hilti provided: i) it is returned by the original purchaser ii) it is not dated product returned more than 30 days after the original delivery date iii) it is not discontinued, clearance or special order product iv) it is unused, in original packaging and in unbroken quantities. Hilti will inspect product and, if the above requirements are satisfied, will credit to customer the original purchase price. A 15% restocking fee may apply. WARRANTY: Other than the manufacturers published warranty, no warranties or conditions, express or implied, written or oral, statutory or otherwise are implied. Any and all conditions and warranties implied by law or by the Sale of Goods Act or any similar statutes of any Province are hereby expressly waived. Title to product remains with Hilti until the total purchase price of product is paid. Customer agrees to pay Hilti prices set out on invoice. Customer agrees to pay taxes as indicated on invoice unless Hilti receives acceptable exemption certificates. Customer agrees to use product at own risk and to indemnify Hilti against all liabilities, including legal fees, to third parties arising out of the use or possession thereof. Hilti shall in no event be liable for special, incidental or consequential damages. Hilti sales personnel are not authorized to modify these Terms and Conditions or modify Customers credit terms. Terms are subject to change by Hilti with reasonable notice to Customer. Payment in full is due prior to goods being released. All terms and conditions apply once customer agrees to purchase product. Quotations on special promotion products are only valid until end of promotion period.
FREIGHT:
FREIGHT:
CREDIT: RETURN POLICY:
CREDIT: RETURN POLICY:
WARRANTY:
TITLE TO PRODUCT: PRICES:
DOMESTIC ORIGIN:
INDEMNIFICATION:
BUSINESS SIZE: PRICES:
CHANGES:
CASH SALES: QUOTATIONS:
CONSENT TO JURISDICTION: All transactions made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have been made and entered into in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Any and all disputes arising directly or indirectly from such transactions shall be resolved in the courts of the County of Tulsa, State of Oklahoma, to the exclusion of any other court, and any resulting judgment may be enforced by any court having jurisdiction of such an action. All transactions shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Oklahoma. INDEMNIFICATION: Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti for any costs, including attorneys fees, incurred by Hilti as a result, in whole or in part, of any violation by Customer of any Federal, State or Local statute or regulation, or of any nationally accepted standard. It shall be Customers sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws and regulations regarding the handling,use, transportation, or disposal of products upon taking possession of same. HILTI LEGAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE THE ONLY INDIVIDUALS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS, WARRANT PRODUCT SUITABILITY FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS, OR EXECUTE CUSTOMER DOCUMENTS, AND ANY SUCH ACTION IS NULL AND VOID UNLESS IN WRITTEN FORM SIGNED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL.
AUTHORIZATION:
Notes
Hilti. Outperform. Outlast.

P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, OK 74121 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 www.us.hilti.com Servicio al Cliente en espaol 1-800-879-5000 Hilti (Canada) Corporation 1-800-363-4458 www.hilti.ca Hilti is an equal opportunity employer Hilti is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp. Copyright 2008 by Hilti, Inc. 5/08 BB
The data contained in this literature was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made based on later testing. If verification is needed that the data is still current, please contact the Hilti Technical Support Specialists at 1-800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of testing by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine performance at any specific site. Laser beams represented by red lines in this publication. Printed in the United States

Hilti Light Steel Framing Manual

Cargado por

Información del documento

Descripción original:

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Hilti Light Steel Framing Manual

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Light Steel Framing Manual

Fastener Technical Guide

Light Steel Framing Manual

Introduction Applications Additional Technical Resources Self-Drilling Screws

Corrosion Terms & Conditions

Light Steel Framing Manual

Introduction About Published Load Values

Our Quality System

Light Steel Framing Manual

Steel Stud Track Connection to Concrete

Steel Stud Track Connection to Steel

Curtain Wall to Edge Angle

Shear Wall Fastening

Deflection Track to Metal Decking

Sill Plate to Foundation

Accessory Screw Connections

Light Steel Framing Manual

Additional Technical Resources

PROFIS: The Worlds Most Powerful Anchor Design Software

Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design

MI Industrial Pipe Support Technical Guide

Light Steel Framing Manual

Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection Drill Point Selection

Total Thickness to be Drilled

Total Thickness to be Drilled

Total Thickness to be Drilled

Drilling Through Wood to Metal

Light Steel Framing Manual

Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection Thread Selection

000000 00000 0000 000 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

Light Steel Framing Manual

Self-Drilling Screw Fastener Design & Selection Head Style Selection

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws Product Description

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

0.303 0.311 0.364

Nominal Fastener Strength of Screw

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws Ordering Information

Collated Self-Drilling Screws

Medium/Heavy Gauge Metal Applications (Frame Fastener)

Thread Length 1/2" 1/2"

Drilling Capacity Min Max 0.110" 0.175" 0.175" 0.312"

Maximum Total Thickness (MT)1 3/8" 0.375" 3/8" 0.375"

Recess 5/16" 5/16"

Coating2 Zinc-1 Zinc-1

Box Qty 250 250

HWH with bonded washer

PFH with wings

Single Self-Drilling Screws

Light Gauge Applications: Steel to Steel

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

Single Self-Drilling Screws Heavy Gauge Metal Applications

Light Steel Framing Manual

Kwik-Pro Self-Drilling Screws

3/4" 1" 1-1/4"